IPS-G-ME-150(1)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
General Definitions: : ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Throughout this Standard the following .‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
definitions shall apply.

Company : : ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, and National .‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Petrochemical Company etc.

Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documens.
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬

Vendor And Supplier: :‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬

Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬

Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Shall: :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
Is used where a provision is mandatory. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

Should :‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
Is used where a provision is advisory only. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

Will: :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
Is normally used in connection with the action ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor, .‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
supplier or vendor.

May: : ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬

Is used where a provision is completely . ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
discretionary.
 IPS-G-ME-150(1)

GENERAL STANDARD

FOR

TOWERS, REACTORS, PRESSURE VESSELS AND

INTERNALS

FIRST REVISION
JANUARY 2010

‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮاي‬

‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬

This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.

0

‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party, ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in ‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

CONTENTS : Page : ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No
1. INTRODUCTION .............................................7
7 ............................................................. ‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-1
PART I TOWERS, COLUMNS AND PROCESS
PRESSURE VESSELS:
:‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
1. SCOPE ................................................................8
8 .....................................................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES...................................................8
8 ............................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS .................................................................11
11 ........................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ...............11
11 ............................................... ‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-4
5. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS.......11
11 ......................................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي‬-5
5.1 General..........................................................11
11 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
5.2 Final Reports, Data Sheets, and Manuals..13
13 ‫ داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬2-5
6. MATERIALS.....................................................14
14 .............................................................. ‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-6
6.1 General..........................................................14
14 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
6.2 Pressure Parts ..............................................15
15 ....................................... ‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬2-6
6.3 Non-Pressure Parts ......................................15
15 .................................. ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-6
6.4 Expansion Joints ..........................................16
16 ........................................ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬4-6
6.5 Bolting ...........................................................16
16 ................................................... ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري‬5-6
7. DESIGN..............................................................17
17 ........................................................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-7
7.1 General..........................................................17
17 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.2 Design Data...................................................17
17 ................................................ ‫داده ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-7
8. FABRICATION.................................................33
33 ........................................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-8
8.1 General..........................................................33
33 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.2 Cutting, Forming and Tolerances ..............36
36 ................. ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و رواداري ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-8

1
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

8.3 Welding .........................................................39

39 ................................................ ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-8
8.4 Welding Electrodes ......................................40
40 ............................... ‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬4-8
8.5 Clad Disbonding Prevention .......................41
41 .......................... ‫ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ‬5-8
8.6 Preheating.....................................................41
41 ..........................................‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬6-8
8.7 Post-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)..........42
42 ......... (PWHT) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬7-8
8.8 Tolerances.....................................................42
42 ............................................... ‫ رواداري ﻫﺎ‬8-8
9. INSPECTION AND TESTING.........................49
49 ............................................. ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-9
9.1 General..........................................................49
49 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.2 Material Inspection......................................50
50 .............................................. ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬2-9
9.3 Welding Inspection ......................................50
50 ............................................ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش‬3-9
9.4 Inspection and Testing Records..................53
53 ......................... ‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-9
9.5 Scope of Inspection and Testing .................53
53 ............................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-9
9.6 Hydrostatic Testing......................................56
56 ........................................ ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬6-9
10. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ..............56
56 ...................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬-10
10.1 Cleaning and Blanking ..............................56
56 ................................. ‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و ﻛﻮر ﻛﺮدن‬1-10
11. GUARANTEE ..................................................58
58 .......................................................... ‫ ﮔﺎراﻧﺘﻲ‬-11
12. Quality Assurance............................................58
58 ........................................... ‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬-12
PART II TRAYS AND TOWER INTERNALS:
:‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج‬II ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
1. SCOPE ................................................................59
59 .....................................................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. MATERIALS .....................................................59
59 ............................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-2
3. DESIGN ..............................................................61
61 ........................................................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-3
3.1 General..........................................................61
61 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3

2
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

3.2 Loads and Stresses .......................................61

61 ............................................ ‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎ‬2-3
3.3 Tray Support ................................................62
62 ........................................ ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬3-3
3.4 Corrosion Allowance ...................................62
62 ............................................ ‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬4-3
3.5 Thickness of Tray.........................................63
63 ........................................... ‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬5-3
3.6 Bolts and Nuts ..............................................63
63 ......................................... ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ‬6-3
3.7 Tray Manways and Access..........................64
64 .......................... ‫ آدم روﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬7-3
4. FABRICATION .................................................64
64 ........................................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-4
4.1 General..........................................................64
64 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.2 Tolerances.....................................................65
65 ............................................... ‫ رواداري ﻫﺎ‬2-4
4.3 Gaskets and Packing....................................65
65 ................................... ‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬3-4
4.4 Surface Finishing .........................................65
65 ............................................ ‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬4-4
4.5 Welding .........................................................66
66 ................................................. ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬5-4
4.6 Marking ........................................................67
67 ............................................ ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري‬6-4
5. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................67
67 .............................................‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-5
5.1 Tray Fit-Up...................................................67
67 ........................................ ‫ ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬1-5
5.2 Leakage Tests ...............................................67
67 ......................................... ‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬2-5
6. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ................68
68 .......................................‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬-6
6.1 General..........................................................68
68 ...................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
6.2 Handling and Storage ..................................68
68 ............................... ‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬2-6
6.3 Release for Shipment ...................................68
68................................................‫ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬3-6

3
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

PART III ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

FOR PRESSURE VESSELS AND
REACTORS HAVING WALL
THICKNESS OVER 50 mm:
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و‬III ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
:‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي‬
1. SCOPE ................................................................69
69 .....................................................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. MATERIALS .....................................................69
69 ............................................................... ‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-2
3. DESIGN ..............................................................71
71 ........................................................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-3
4. INTERNALS ......................................................74
74 .................................................... ‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬-4
5. FABRICATION .................................................77
77 ........................................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-5
6. WELDING..........................................................78
78 ....................................................... ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬-6
7. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................78
78 ............................................ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-7
7.1 Visual and Dimensional Inspection ............78
78 ............................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي‬1-7
7.2 Radiographic Examination .........................79
79 ..................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬2-7
7.3 Ultrasonic Examination...............................79
79 ....................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮا ﺻﻮت‬3-7
7.4 Magnetic Particle Inspection ......................80
80 ................................ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬4-7
7.5 Liquid Penetrant Examination ...................81
81 ........................................ ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬5-7
7.6 Hardness Test ...............................................81
81 ............................................ ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬6-7
7.7 Chemical Analysis........................................81
81 .......................................... ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬7-7
7.8 Hydrostatic Testing......................................82
82 ....................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬8-7
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A GENERALLY USED MATERIALS
IN OIL REFINERY SERVICES 83
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي‬
83 ......................................... ‫ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬

4
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX B MATERIALS FOR PRESSURE

PARTS FOR NORMAL
SERVICE......................................84
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در‬
84 ........................................‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
APPENDIX C MANUFACTURE’S INSPECTION
RECORD ......................................85
85 ................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
APPENDIX D MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR RADIOGRAPHIC
EXAMINATION...........................87
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
87 ............................................... ‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬
APPENDIX E MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR ULTRASONIC
EXAMINATION...........................88
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬
88 ..................................................... ‫ﺻﻮت‬
APPENDIX F MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR MAGNETIC
PARTICLE EXAMINATION .....89
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات‬
89 ............................................... ‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
APPENDIX G MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR LIQUID PENETRANT
EXAMINATION..........................90
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
90 ................................................. ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
APPENDIX H PRESSURE VESSEL
SPECIFICATION.........................91
91 ........................ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
APPENDIX I VESSEL TRAYS TOLERANCES
FOR FABRICATION AND
ASSEMBLY.....................................93
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي‬
93 ........................................ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ‬
APPENDIX J OPEN STRUCTURE
SUPPORT BEAM .........................94
94 ........................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎز‬
APPENDIX K TRAY SUPPORT RINGS ...........95
95 ................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

5
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX L TRAYS SPECIFICATION

SHEET ...........................................96
96 ......................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX M GUARANTEE
CERTIFICATE..............................98
98 ............................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ م ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

6
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
1. INTRODUCTION
The term of pressure vessels has a large variety
of applications in oil industries. It includes
process pressure vessels and receivers, drums,
towers, columns, heavy wall pressure vessels,
reactors, etc. Since all of these vessels have
different technical specifications from the point
of view of materials and engineering design,
which can not be verified under one subject of
heading, therefore, this Standard is prepared in
three parts as follow:
Part I : Covers the minimum
Engineering and
Material requirements
for process pressure
vessels, receivers,
towers and columns.
Part II : Contains the
Engineering and
Material requirements
for trays and tower
internals.
Part III : Gives the minimum
Engineering design and
Material specifications
for heavy wall pressure
vessels and reactors and
additional requirements
for the internals of these
type of vessels.
7
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-1
‫واژه ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داراي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ در‬
‫ اﻳﻦ واژه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬،‫ درامﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮوف داراي ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ از دﻳﺪﮔﺎه ﻣﻮاد و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻟﺬا اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
:‫در ﺳﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬:I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬،‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ و ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺎوي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬:II ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬:III ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و‬
‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﻇﺮوف را‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
PART I
TOWERS, COLUMNS AND PROCESS
PRESSURE VESSELS
1. SCOPE
1.1 This Part of Engineering and Material
Standard covers the minimum requirements for
materials, design, fabrication, inspection and
testing, and preparation for shipment of unfired
pressure vessels, including towers, columns,
receivers, etc.
1.2 The requirements cover steel pressure
vessels of carbon steels, alloy steels, and
carbon steel clad or lined with stainless steels.
1.3 In all cases where more than one code or
Standard applies to the same conditions, the
company shall be consulted for selection of the
applicable standard.
Note 1:
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Feb. 2001, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
140.
Note 2:
This bilingual standard is a revised version of
the standard specification by the relevant
technical committee on Jan 2010, which is
issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said
standard specification is withdrawn.
Note 3:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
8
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬،‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬1-1
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد‬
،‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
.‫درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﻮﻻدي از ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬2-1
‫ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي و ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ در ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ‬3-1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
.‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﺷﻮد‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1380 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬140 ‫ ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬1 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار و‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

NACE /ISO (NATIONAL (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬NACE /ISO

ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION
ENGINEERS)

NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 NACE MR0175/ISO 15156

"Petroleum and Natural Gas
Industries Materials for Use in
H2S-Containing Environments in
Oil and Gas Production "(2003)
‫"ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ و ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي داراي ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
"(2003 ‫در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز )ﺳﺎل‬

RP0472 "Methods and Controls to Prevent ‫ "روﺷﻬﺎ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ )ﻧﻈﺎرﺗﻬﺎ( ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬RP0472
In-Service Environmental ‫از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر‬
Cracking of Carbon Steel
Weldments in Corrosive Petroleum ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎي‬
Refining Environments" "‫ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‬

API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API

INSTITUTE)

601 "Metallic Gaskets for Raised Face ‫"ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬ 601
Pipe Flanges and Flanged ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ دورو ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
Connections (Double Jacketed
Corrugated and Spiral-Wound)" "‫داده ﻣﻮﺟﺪار و ﻓﻨﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه‬

Publ. 941 "Steel for Hydrogen Service at ‫ "ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن در دﻣﺎﻫﺎ و‬Publ. 941
Elevated Temperatures and ‫ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و‬
Pressures in Petroleum Refineries
and Petrochemical Plants" "‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬

ASME (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
(BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL (‫)آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
CODE)

Section II "Material Specification" "‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد‬ II ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

Section VIII, Division 1(2007) (2007) ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ اول‬،VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

"Pressure Vessels"
"‫"ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬

Section VIII, Division 2(2007) (2007) ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ دوم‬،VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

"Pressure Vessels Alternative Rules" "‫"ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬

Section V "Non-Destructive Examination" "‫"آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬ V ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

Section IX "Welding and Brazing "‫ " ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎري‬IX ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
Qualifications"

SA-370 "Standard Test Methods and ‫"ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ SA-370
Definitions for Mechanical "‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
Testing of Steel Products "

9
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

B16.20 "Metallic Gaskets for Pipe ‫"ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي‬ B16.20
Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral- ‫ ﻓﻨﺮﭘﻴﭻ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬:‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
Wound, and Jacketed"
"‫ﺷﺪه و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار‬

B 1.1 "Unified Inch Screw ‫"رزوهﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ )رزوه‬ B 1.1

Threads (UN and UNR "(UNR ‫ و‬UN ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Thread Form)"

B 16.47 "Flanges Larger Than ‫"ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬ B 16.47

DN600" "600

B 16.5 "Pipe Flanges and Flanged ‫"ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬ B 16.5

Fittings" "‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬

B 18.2.2 "Square and Hex Nuts" "‫"ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ و ﺷﺶ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ‬ B 18.2 .2

ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM

TESTING AND MATERIALS)

ASTM A578 "Standard Specification for ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ ASTM A578
Straight-Beam Ultrasonic ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Examination of Rolled Steel
Plates for Special ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﻮرد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
Applications" "‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬

ASCE (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CILVIL (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻋﻤﺮان آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASCE

ENGINEERS)

ASCE-7-05 " Minimum Design Load for ‫"ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ ASCE-7-05
Building and Other "‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ‬
Structures"

AWS (AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY) (‫)اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬AWS

EJMA (EXPANSION JOINT (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬EJMA

MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, INC.)

ISO(INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION ( ‫ )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﺳﺎزي‬ISO

FOR STANDARDIZATION)

ISO 9001 "Quality Management -‫"ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬ ISO 9001
Systems – Requirements" "‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬

IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS

IPS-E-TP-100 "Engineering Standard for "‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ رﻧﮓ‬ IPS-E-TP-100

Paint"

IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100

Units"

10
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-D-ME-010 "Drawing Standard for
Vertical Vessel Support
Skirt Opening Details"
IPS-D-ME-002 "Drawing Standard for
Lifting Lug to Lift Vessels
Up to 60 Tons"
IPS-D-ME-003 "Drawing Standard for
Lifting Lug to Lift Vessels
Up to 200 Tons"
IPS-D-EL-413 "Reference Drawing
Grounding Installation
Details Earthing Lug
Category 400"
3. UNITS
This Standard is based on International System
of Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except
where otherwise is specified.
4. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
In the case of conflict between documents
relating to the inquiry or order, the following
priority of documents shall apply:
- First Priority: Purchase order and
variations thereto.
- Second Priority: Data sheets and
drawings.
- Third Priority: This Standard.
All conflicting requirements shall be referred to
the Purchaser in writing. The Purchaser will
issue confirmation document if needed for
clarification
5. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
5.1 General
5.1.1 The vendor shall submit a proposed
schedule for the submission of drawings and
data to the Purchaser for approval. The vendor
shall furnish drawings in the quantity specified
by the Purchaser.
11
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬IPS-D-ME-010
"‫ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ‬IPS-D-ME-002
‫ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻛﺮدن ﻇﺮوف‬
"‫ ﺗﻦ‬60 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ‬IPS-D-ME-003
‫ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻛﺮدن ﻇﺮوف‬
"‫ ﺗﻦ‬200 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
‫ "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬IPS-D-EL-413
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬
"400 ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-4
‫در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد اﺧﺘﻼف و ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ در اﺳﻨﺎد و ﻣﺪارك‬
‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺪارك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ اول‬-
.‫ داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬-
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬-
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﻫﺎ در اﺳﻨﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ارﺟﺎع داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﺪارك ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪي را ﺻﺎدر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي‬-5
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬1-1-5
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ آن ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
5.1.2 The fabricator shall provide a detailed
drawing based on the submitted outline
drawing of the pressure vessel, including the
internals of the vessel. The following
information shall be included on the detailed
drawings and on other drawings and data sheet,
as applicable:
1) Order number,
2) Vessel component and tag number,
3) Material specification,
4) Complete dimensions, thicknesses,
and details of construction including
pictorial and dimensional location of
circumferential and longitudinal
seams, all nozzles on plan (or
orientation) and elevation views, and
all internals,
5) Size and pressure rating of all nozzles
on the vessel,
6) Head and shell thicknesses, head type,
flange type, and other details of
construction materials,
7) Total weight of vessel (empty),
8) Total weight of vessel (full of water),
9) Heat treatment requirements,
10)Non-destructive testing requirements,
11) Design pressure and temperature and
major structural loadings,
12) Joint efficiency,
13) Hydrostatic test pressure,
14) Corrosion allowance,
15) Reference drawings.
16) Design code
5.1.3 Manufacturing shall not proceed without
written approval of drawings by the Purchaser.
12
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬2-1-5
‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻇﺮف ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
:‫ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش؛‬1
‫( اﺟﺰاي ﻇﺮف و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ؛‬2
‫( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ؛‬3
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫( اﺑﻌﺎد ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬4
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮي و اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و‬
(‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي‬،‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫و ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ و ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫( اﻧﺪازه و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف؛‬5
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬،‫( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬6
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ؛‬
‫( وزن ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف )ﺧﺎﻟﻲ(؛‬7
‫( وزن ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف )ﭘﺮ از آب(؛‬8
‫( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ؛‬9
‫( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب؛‬10
‫( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزهاي‬11
‫ﻣﻬﻢ؛‬
‫( ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش؛‬12
‫( ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ؛‬13
‫( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز؛‬14
‫( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ؛‬15
‫( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛‬16
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺄﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ از ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺷﺮوع‬3-1-5
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
5.1.4 Approval of drawings does not constitute
permission to deviate from any requirements in
the order unless specifically agreed to in
writing.
5.1.5 After the drawings have been approved,
the vendor shall also furnish certified electronic
files on Compact Disc (CD) in the quantity
specified.
5.2 Final Reports, Data Sheets, and Manuals
Installation, operations, and maintenance data
for each pressure vessel shall be provided no
later than the date of shipment. The data shall
include the following:
a) Manuals for instruments, valves, and
gage cocks furnished by the vendor
including special operating and maintenance
information.
b) Manufacturer’s data report, form U-1 of
the ASME code.
c) Manufacturer’s data report, form U-2 of
the ASME code.
d) Certified material records report
containing the complete chemical analysis,
physical properties, and location of each
plate, forging, and all other material subject
to pressure. Information covering alloy
material shall be included in the report even
though the material may not be subject to
pressure. The location of the plates,
forgings, and other material shall be
indicated on the as-built drawings.
e) Photostatic copies of recording charts
indicating temperature conditions during
thermal stress relief, The complete
temperature cycle of heating, soaking, and
cooling shall be indicated.
f) Hydrostatic test chart for each vessel.
g) Copy (Photo) of nameplate.
h) Records of N.D.T inspection.
i) A parts list shall be supplied for each
item of equipment furnished and shall be
complete with pattern, stock, or production
drawings numbers that completely identify
13
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻮزي ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺤﺮاف از ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ‬4-1-5
‫از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﻔﺎرش ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺻﺮاﺣﺘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از آﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬5-1-5
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪارك اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه را روي‬
.‫( ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬CD) ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺸﺮده‬
‫ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬2-5
‫ راهاﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬،‫دادهﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ داده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﻧﺪازه‬،‫اﻟﻒ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
.‫ﺧﺎص ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬U-1 ‫ ﻓﺮم‬، ‫ب ( ﮔﺰارش داده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.ASME
‫ از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬U-2 ‫ ﻓﺮم‬، ‫ج ( ﮔﺰارش داده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.ASME
‫د ( ﮔﺰارش ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺎوي آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ‬
،‫ ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺮ ورق‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي و ﻫﻤﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬.‫وﻟﻮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ورﻗﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫از‬ (‫)اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻮري‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮاﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬ ‫روﮔﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎي‬ (‫ﻫ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ در‬
،‫ دوره دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎدﻫﻲ‬،‫ﻃﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺎﺑﺶ و ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫و ( ﻧﻤﻮدار آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ز( روﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ( از ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
.‫ح ( ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬
‫ط ( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰء از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدي اﻧﺒﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﮔﺮدد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﮕﻮ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
each part so that the Purchaser can
determine part interchangeability with other
equipment furnished by the same
manufacturer.
j) The Vendor shall submit a supplementary
proposal for spare parts other than the parts
included in the Vendor’s original quotation.
The supplementary proposal shall include
recommended spare parts for startup and 1
year of operation including assembly type
drawings, parts numbers, materials, prices,
and delivery. Parts numbers shall identify
each part for interchangeability purposes.
The supplementary proposal shall be
forwarded to the Purchaser after receipt of
approved drawings and in time to permit
ordering and delivery of parts with the
vessel.
k) W.P.S. (Welding Procedure
Specification) with supporting.
P.Q.R. (Procedure Qualification Record)
shall be submitted to the Purchaser.
l) Final drawings.
m) Final calculation.
6. MATERIALS
6.1 General
6.1.1 In general, all materials shall be in
conformity with the ASTM Standard
specification. For equivalent material approval
of the Purchaser is required.
6.1.2 Proposals to use materials having a
specified maximum tensile strength greater
than 620 MPa (90,000 PSI) at room
temperature shall be submitted to the Purchaser
for approval.
6.1.3 Materials of construction for vessel
components shall be selected so as to produce
an economical design for the specified design
service conditions.
6.1.4 Cast iron shall not be acceptable.
14
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
.‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ي ( ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد اﺻﻠﻲ‬
.‫ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ راهاﻧﺪازي و‬
،‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎل ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬.‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از درﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و در زﻣﺎن اﺟﺎزه ﺳﻔﺎرش دﻫﻲ و‬
.‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ )ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬W.P.S. ( ‫ك‬
. ‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارك ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎن‬
‫ )ﺳﻨﺪ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬R.Q.R.
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ل ( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫م ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-6
‫ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻌﺎدل‬ASTM ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد داراي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬2-1-6
‫ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬620 ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬90000)
.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺟﺰاي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬3-1-6
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﭼﺪن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-1-6
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

6.1.5 The use of carbon -½ moly materials is
not generally permitted. Exceptions shall be
subject to Purchaser’s approval and then only if
the working temperature does not exceed
400°C (750°F).
6.2 Pressure Parts
6.2.1 Some materials for typical conditions in
oil refinery services are listed in Appendix A of
this Standard.
6.2.2 Carbon steel materials for pressure
retaining parts for normal service are given in
Appendix B.
1
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺠﺎز‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬5-1-6
2
‫ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻓﻘﻂ در‬.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬400 ‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد از‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬750) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬2-6
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي‬1-2-6
‫ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻧﻔﺖ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬2-2-6
.‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ب( داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬

6.2.3 Pressure retaining materials to be welded ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬3-2-6
shall have the following chemical composition: :‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺮ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Carbon content (C) : C  0.25%
C  %25 : (C) ‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬

Carbon equivalent (C eq.) : C eq.  0.45%

(C eq.) : C eq.  %45 ‫ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدل‬

Where: :‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

C eq. = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo+ V)/5+ (Ni + Cu)/15

6.2.4 Pressure retaining parts for hydrogen
service, where defined at a hydrogen partial
pressure at 7 kg/cm2, shall be selected in
accordance with Fig. 1 of API RP 941
“Operating Limitation for Steel in Hydrogen
Service".
6.2.5 Pressure retaining parts for H2S service,
where defined in table 1 of NACE/ISO
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers)
standard MR0175/ISO 15156, shall be selected
in accordance with the said standard.
6.3 Non-Pressure Parts
6.3.1 Materials of non-pressure retaining parts
to be directly welded to pressure retaining
parts, having a design temperature of 343°C
(650°F) or more, shall be of the same materials
as the pressure retaining parts.
‫ در‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬4-2-6
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬7 ‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
1 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ "ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮاي‬API RP 941 ‫از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻻد در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬ 5-2-6
‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1 ‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬، ‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ( ﺷﻤﺎره‬NACE/ISO
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬MRO175/ISO15156
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-6
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ‬1-3-6
‫ داراي دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ‬650) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬343 ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

15
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

6.3.2 Steel plate for base rings, reinforcement
for skirt openings, saddles, external lugs for
platforms, ladders, insulation supports and pipe
supports shall be A 283 Gr.C or better. Angles
and rods shall be A 36.
6.3.3 Name plates shall be type 316 stainless
steel.
6.3.4 Internal support rings and lugs welded to
the shell or head made of killed steel shall be
made of the same material.
For other than killed steel vessels, the
following materials may be used except in case
of Paragraph 6.3.1.
‫ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬،‫ ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬2-3-6
‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻴﻬﺎ و ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬A283 Gr.C ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬A36
316 ‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬3-3-6
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ و ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮش‬4-3-6
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻد آرام ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬
.‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻮرد‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻓﻮﻻد آرام‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬1-3-6 ‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬

a) Plates : ASTM A 283 Gr.C or equivalent. .‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن‬C ‫ رده‬ASTM A283 :‫اﻟﻒ( ورق‬

b) Pipe : ASTM A 106 or A 53 or equivalent. .‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن‬ASTM A106 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬A53 :‫ب ( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬

6.4 Expansion Joints ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬4-6

The design and fabrication for expansion joints ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي‬
installed on vessel shell or other portions, shall ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎ‬
be in accordance with EJMA (Expansion Joint
.‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬EJMA
Manufacturers Association) standard and
specific requirements.

6.5 Bolting ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري‬5-6

6.5.1 Bolting shall be selected per the :‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬1-5-6
following Table:

TABLE 1
1 ‫ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره‬
DESIGN METAL TEMPERATURE BOLTS NUTS
‫دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ‬
°C GRADE ASTM STD. GRADE ASTM STD.
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬ ‫رده‬ ASTM ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫رده‬ ASTM ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
-29 to 427 B7 A 193 2 (1) A 194
>427 to 593 B16 A 193 2H (1) A 194
538 to 815 B8M (4) A 193 8M A 194
-255 to -102 B8 (4) A 320(3) 8 A 194
-101 to -29 L7 (5) A 320 4(1) (2) (5) A 194

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
1) Nuts larger than 1/2 in (12 mm) shall not be
1
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬12) ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫( ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬1
machined from barstock. 2
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد آﻣﺎده ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬
1
2) Nuts ½ in. and smaller shall not be ‫( ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از اﻳﻨﭻ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد آﻣﺎده‬2
machined from cold finished barstock. 2
.‫ﺳﺮد ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

16
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
3) ASTM A 193 Grade B8 bolts with ASTM A
194 Grade 8 nuts may be used as an alternative.
4) B8M and B8 bolts shall be strain hardened.
5) The test temperature for impact testing of all
L7 bolts and grade 4 nuts per ASTM A 320,
shall be -101°C (-150°F)
6.5.2 Stud bolts shall be threaded full length
with continuous threads.
6.5.3 Bolt length specified is the effective
thread length. Rounded or chamfered end
points shall not be included when measuring
length of bolts.
7. DESIGN
7.1 General
7.1.1 Pressure vessels shall be designed in
accordance with the ASME Code for unfired
pressure vessels, Section VIII, Division 1.
7.1.2 Pressure vessels shall be designed to
ensure safe operation in the specified internal
and external environments.
7.1.3 Vertical and horizontal vessels including
their supports shall be capable of supporting a
full load of water in the installed position.
7.1.4 Any part for which detail design and
drawing(s) is not prepared, shall be designed
by the Vendor. The design shall be approved
by the Purchaser.
7.2 Design Data
7.2.1 Design pressure
7.2.1.1 The design pressure of vessel shall be at
least equal to the maximum operating pressure
plus 10 percent or plus 350 kPa, whichever is
greater.
7.2.1.2 Vessels subject to external pressure
shall be designed for full vacuum.
7.2.1.3 The design pressure and maximum
allowable working pressure of a vessel shall
not be limited by minor components such as
flanges, nozzles, manholes, or reinforcing pads.
17
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
ASTM ‫ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي‬B8 ‫ رده‬ASTM A193 ‫( ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬3
.‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬8 ‫ رده‬A194
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬B8 ‫ و‬B8M ‫( ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬4
‫( دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ASTM A320 ‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬4 ‫ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي رده‬L7
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-150) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬-101
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي دوﺳﺮ رزوه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ رزوه ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬2-5-6
.‫رزوه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻃﻮل رزوه ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬3-5-6
‫ﺳﺮ ﮔﺮد ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭻ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-7
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬1-1-7
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ASME ‫ از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬، VIII
.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬2-1-7
‫اﻳﻤﻦ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-1-7
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آب در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه را‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬4-1-7
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ داده ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-7
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-2-7
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬1-1-2-7
350 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬10 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬2-1-2-7
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز ﻳﻚ‬3-1-2-7
‫ آدم روﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاء ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.2 Design temperature
7.2.2.1 The design temperature shall be at least
15°C above the maximum working
temperature. For cold service, the design
temperature shall be 6°C below the minimum
operating temperature unless otherwise
specified.
7.2.2.2 Vessels which will operate at
temperature above 400°C shall be designed for
a temperature equal to the maximum
anticipated operating temperature.
7.2.2.3 Dual temperatures shall be listed on the
nameplate. The two temperatures shall be the
cold design temperature and the maximum hot
design temperature allowed by the ASME
Code for the as-built vessel.
7.2.2.4 If variant temperatures can be definitely
predicted for zones of a vessel in operation, the
variant temperatures may be taken into account
in the design of the applicable zones.
7.2.3 Design loadings
7.2.3.1 Loading shall be in accordance with
ASME Section VIII, Div. 1. Wind and
earthquake loads shall be in accordance with
ASCE-7-05 “Minimum Design Load for
Building and Other Structures ".
7.2.3.2 The wind or earthquake load,
whichever is the greater, shall be considered in
design.
7.2.3.3 All vessels shall be designed to be self-
supporting without benefit of guys or braces.
7.2.3.4 During erection, start-up, or operation,
all applicable loads shall be considered as
acting simultaneously, including either wind or
earthquake, whichever governs.
7.2.3.5 During hydrostatic testing, wind load
(wind pressure) equivalent to a 16 m/s wind
speed shall be considered acting
simultaneously with the hydrostatic test load.
7.2.3.6 Lateral deflection due to wind, of
vessels under normal operating conditions,
shall not exceed 150 mm per 30 meters of
height.
18
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-2-7
‫ درﺟﻪ‬15 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬1-2-2-7
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬6 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺮد‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي‬
. ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬400 ‫ ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬2-2-2-7
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-2-2-7
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺮد و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،‫ دو دﻣﺎ‬.‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮم اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺮاي‬4-2-2-7
،‫ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف درﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﺴﺎب آورده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬3-2-7
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬1-3-2-7
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎد و زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ، VIII
‫"ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬ASCE-7-05
.‫ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-3-2-7
.‫در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮداﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺪون‬3-3-2-7
.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﻴﺮي از ﻣﻬﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎدﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬،‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬،‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬4-3-2-7
‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﺛﺮﮔﺬاري ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن‬
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬، ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎد‬، ‫ در ﻃﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬5-3-2-7
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬16 ‫ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد‬
‫اﺛﺮﮔﺬاري ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻇﺮوف؛ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎد‬6-3-2-7
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ‬150 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬30
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.3.7 Vibration and critical wind velocity
shall be considered in the design of tall, slender
columns with a length to diameter ratio
exceeding 8 to 1.
7.2.3.8 Vessel supports shall be capable of
withstanding the wind load when vessel is
empty and the test conditions when the vessel
is full of water. (e.g. wind velocity 16 m/s).
7.2.4 Allowable stresses
7.2.4.1 For non-pressure parts the permissible
design stresses shall be the least of the
following values at design metal temperature:
a) One third of minimum ultimate tensile
strength.
b) Two thirds of minimum yield
strength.
c) That stress producing a creep rate of
1% in 10,000 hours.
7.2.4.2 The stresses determined from the
ASME code shall also apply to the supporting
skirt of the vessel.
7.2.4.3 For anchor bolting, the following limits
shall be used for design at the thread root
diameter:
Tension 96 MPa
Shear 96.5 MPa
7.2.5 Corrosion allowance
7.2.5.1 The specified corrosion allowance shall
be added to the calculated thickness of all
pressure-containing parts including the shell,
heads, nozzles, manways, and manway covers.
7.2.5.2 The minimum corrosion allowance for
carbon steel shall be 1.6 mm for sweet service and
3.2 mm for sour service unless otherwise specified.
7.2.5.3 The specified corrosion allowance for
compartmented vessels shall be added to the
calculated thickness of each side of the internal
head or partition.
19
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻟﺮزش و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬7-3-2-7
‫ ﺑﻪ‬8 ‫ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﻮداﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ در‬8-3-2-7
‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف ﭘﺮ از آب اﺳﺖ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬16
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز‬4-2-7
‫ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬1-4-2-7
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ب ( دو ﺳﻮم ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ در‬1 ‫ج ( ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧﺰش‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬10000
ASME ‫ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬2-4-2-7
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺎري‬3-4-2-7
:‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻗﻄﺮ رﻳﺸﻪ رزوه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬96 ‫ﻛﺸﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬96/5 ‫ﺑﺮش‬
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬5-2-7
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬1-5-2-7
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ آدم روﻫﺎ و درﭘﻮش آدم روﻫﺎ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬2-5-2-7
3/2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺗﺮش‬1/6 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬3-5-2-7
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف از‬
.‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﮔﺮ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.5.4 Corrosion-resistant linings shall be
provided for vessels in highly corrosive
service. The thickness of liners, cladding, or
weld overlays shall not be included in
calculating the minimum thickness of pressure-
containing parts.
7.2.5.5 Unless otherwise specified, vessel
corrosion allowance shall be provided to all
exposed surfaces of nonremovable internal
parts and half this amount to surface of
removable parts (except demister-wire, column
packing, etc.)
7.2.6 Alloy protective lining
7.2.6.1 Integral clad plate bonded by rolling or
explosion method shall be homogeneously
made to have a material quality and a thickness
as specified. The clad plate to be used for
pressure vessel shall meet one of the following
standard specifications or equivalent.
a) ASTM A 263 "Corrosion-
Resisting Chromium Steel Clad
Plate, Sheet, and Strip"
b) ASTM A 264 "Stainless
Chromium-Nickel Steel Clad
Plate, Sheet, and Strip"
c) ASTM A 265 "Nickel-Base Alloy
Clad Steel Plate"
d) ASTM B 432 "Copper and Copper
Alloy Clad Steel Plate"
7.2.6.2 Weld metal overlay cladding shall be
mainly used for "Hydrogen Service": Vessels
operating at elevated temperature and high
pressure at a hydrogen partial pressure of 7
kg/cm2 and over.
7.2.6.3 When the "Hydrogen Service" vessel is
to be operated at a special condition such as in
"Hydrocracking Process" and "Hydro-
Desulferization Process", the weld metal
overlay cladding shall be strictly adopted for
all inside surface of the vessel.
7.2.6.4 Strip lining shall be lap welded per Fig.
1, or butt welded per Fig. 2. Fabrication
drawings and the welding procedure
specification shall describe the system to be
20
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬4-5-2-7
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬.‫ﻇﺮوف در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺗﺪارك ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي داراي ﻓﺸﺎر‬
،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5-5-2-7
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح در ﻣﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ و ﻧﺼﻒ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺮاي‬
،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮهﮔﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺳﺘﻮن و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ آﻟﻴﺎژي‬6-2-7
‫ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮرد‬1-6-2-7
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ روش اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ داراي‬
‫ ورق روﻛﺶ‬.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺟﻨﺲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ورﻗﻪ و ﻧﻮار روﻛﺶ‬،‫ "ورق‬ASTM A263 (‫اﻟﻒ‬
"‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم دار ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ورﻗﻪ و ﻧﻮار روﻛﺶ‬،‫ "ورق‬ASTM A264 ( ‫ب‬
"‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻧﻴﻜﻞ دار زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
"‫ روﻛﺶ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬،‫ "ورق‬ASTM A265 ( ‫ج‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻدي روﻛﺶ ﻣﺴﻲ و‬،‫ "ورق‬ASTM B 432 ( ‫د‬
" ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺲ‬
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬2-6-2-7
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ در‬:"‫ﻋﻤﺪه ﺑﺮاي "ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬7 ‫دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف "ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" در‬3-6-2-7
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص ﻧﻈﻴﺮ "ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
"‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن" و "ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮدزداﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
ً‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬،‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
1 ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-6-2-7
‫ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺟﻮش‬2 ‫روي ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد و ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫‪used; and the welding procedure shall be‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده را ﺷﺮح دﻫﺪ؛ و‬
‫‪qualified for the specific method.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي روش ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‪،‬‬
‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رويﻫﻢاﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ )‪ 12‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺟﻮش ‪B‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮش ‪A‬‬

‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي" ‪ "A‬و "‪"B‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷــﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻣــﻞ ﮔﻮﺷــﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘـﺎس‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬

‫)‪Fig. 1- LAP WELDED STRIP LINING (DETAIL‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار روي ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه )ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت(‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ )‪ 12‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺟﻮش "‪"D‬‬

‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي" ‪ "C‬و "‪"D‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷــﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻣــﻞ ﮔﻮﺷــﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘـﺎس‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮش "‪"C‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬

‫)‪Fig. 2-BUTT WELDED STRIP LINING (DETAIL‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه )ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت(‬

‫‪7.2.6.5 Strip or sleeve lining shall not be used‬‬ ‫‪ 5-6-2-7‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮارد‬
‫‪for the following:‬‬ ‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‪:‬‬
‫‪a) Shells and heads of vessels in‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮوف در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‪.‬‬
‫‪hydrogen service.‬‬

‫‪b) Vessels subject to PWHT.‬‬ ‫ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ‪.PWHT‬‬

‫‪c) Vessels with design temperature‬‬
‫‪greater than 440°C.‬‬
‫‪7.2.6.6 Dimensions of individual strips,‬‬
‫‪excluding single piece sleeves, shall be limited‬‬
‫‪by the following:‬‬
‫ج ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 440‬درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-6-2-7‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي‬
‫ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‪:‬‬

‫‪a) Thickness shall not be less than 3 mm‬‬ ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪b) Widths shall be limited by design‬‬ ‫ب ( ﻋﺮضﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول ‪ 2‬ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ دﻣﺎي‬
‫‪temperature and materials as per Table 2.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

TABLE 2
2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
DESIGN TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM WIDTH
MATERIALS
°C mm
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺮض ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

< 315 ALL 150

‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬

≥ 315 STAINLESS STEEL INCOLOY 100

‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﻳﻨﻜﻠﻮي‬

≥ 315 405, 410 S, INCONEL, HASTELLOY 150

410, 405 ،‫ اﻳﻨﻜﻮﻧﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺎﺳﺖ اﻟﻮي‬

7.2.6.7 Material used for weld overlay, integral
cladding, sleeve liners or strip lining of
connections shall be the same material and
thickness as required for the lining or cladding
to the vessel or head to which they are
attached.
7.2.6.8 The minimum thickness of cladding
shall be 2 mm and the minimum thickness of
weld metal overlays shall be 2.5 mm.
7.2.6.9 The thickness of cladding or weld
overlays shall not be included in calculating the
required shell thickness.
7.2.6.10 Connections of DN 50 (2 in.) and
smaller shall be either of the following:
a) Weld overlayed, integrally clad by the
explosive bonding method, or sleeve lined
on the I.D.
b) Solid alloy provided the following
conditions are met:
1) Vessel design temperature is below
440°C.
2) Tests are performed to demonstrate the
alloy’s weld-ability.
7.2.6.11 Connections over DN 50 (2 in.) up to
and including DN 300 (12 in.) shall be lined by
any of the following methods:
Weld overlay, integral cladding, sleeve liner, or
strip lining.
،‫ ﺟﻨﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬7-6-2-7
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ده ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ‬،‫روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮاري اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
2 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ 8-6-2-7
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﻧﺪودﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2/5
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬9-6-2-7
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬10-6-2-7
:‫و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺻﻮرﺗﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ روش‬،‫اﻟﻒ( روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫اﻧﻔﺠﺎري وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه در داﺧﻞ‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ب ( آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ‬
:‫را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬440 ‫( دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف زﻳﺮ‬1
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2
.‫آﻟﻴﺎژ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬11-6-2-7
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬12) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬300 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬2)
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ده‬،‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬،‫روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
.‫ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري‬

23
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.6.12 Lining for connections larger than DN
300 (12 in.) shall be selected on the basis of
vessel design as follow:
a) For strip lined vessels: Strip lined, weld
overlayed or cladded connections
b) For overlayed or cladded vessels:
overlayed or cladded connections
7.2.6.13 The flange facings and neck
connection weld of shell to nozzles and
manholes shall be lined with weld metal
overlay cladding as shown in Fig. 3. (Flange
face serration shall be devised).
7.2.6.14 Welding of internal support lugs and
rings to be directly attached to the shell or head
of special hydrogen service vessel shall be
performed with full penetration prior to
postweld heat treatment, and the final weld
overlayer around the support lugs and rings
shall be applied after postweld heat treatment,
as shown in Fig. 4.
24
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬12-6-2-7
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬12) 300
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬:‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﻮاري‬
.‫ اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه‬،‫داده ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬:‫ب ( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل‬13-6-2-7
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ از ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬3 ‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد )ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.(‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬14-6-2-7
‫اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﻳﮋه ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد و‬
‫اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬4 ‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

‫ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

‫ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

‫ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬ ‫رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫آدم رو و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ ‪NPT‬‬
‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬اﻳﻨﭻ ‪NPT‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺳﻮراخﻫﻮا‬
‫ﺳﻮراخﻫﻮا‬
‫ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

‫ﻏﻼف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬ ‫رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺎزل‬
‫‪Fig. 3-TYPICAL DETAIL OF LINED NOZZLES AND MANHOLES‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -3‬ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‬

‫‪25‬‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

‫اوﻟﻴﻦ اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬

‫رﺳﻮب ﺟﻮش‬

PWHT ‫ﭘﺲ از‬

‫اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬

PWHT ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از‬

Fig. 4-LINED DETAILS OF INTERNAL SUPPORT

‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه داﺧﻠﻲ‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

7.2.7 Shell and heads ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬7-2-7

7.2.7.1 The minimum shell thickness for ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬1-7-2-7
vessels including corrosion allowance shall be :‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
as follows:

Shell Diameter Shell Thickness

‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

Up to 1525 mm 6 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1525 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
1525 to 2125 mm 8 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2125 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1525
2125 to 3625 mm 10 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬3625 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2125
3625 mm and larger 11 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬3625

The above minimum thicknesses are for the ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻮق ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ دﻣﺎ‬
general stability of pressure and temperature .‫و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
requirements.

26
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.7.2 ASME ellipsoidal or hemispherical heads
with 2 to 1 ratio shall be provided for design
pressures exceeding 700 kPa(ga). ASME flanged
and torispherical heads are not acceptable.
7.2.7.3 Conical transitions shall have a 6%
knuckle radius when the design pressure
exceeds 1700 kPa (ga) or design temperature
exceeds 230°C.
7.2.7.4 Shell stiffening rings on vessels in
vacuum service shall be installed externally
and designed according to ASME Section VIII,
Division 1, Paragraphs UG-28, UG-29 and
UG-30.
7.2.8 Nozzles, flanges, manholes and
connections
7.2.8.1 The minimum size of nozzles shall be
DN 25 (1 in.) except that for alloy lined
nozzles the minimum size shall be DN 40 (1½
in.). For vessels in hydrogen service all
connections shall be flanged.
7.2.8.2 Nozzles in portions of vessels with
gunite linings shall have internal projections
such that the nozzle end is flush with the lining.
7.2.8.3 Nozzles shall be attached to the vessel
by complete penetration welds. Partial
penetration welding is acceptable for
attachment of reinforcing pad plates.
7.2.8.4 Necks of nozzles and manholes shall be
made of seamless pipe except for necks of DN
350 or more which can be made of plate
materials. Where plate materials are used for
nozzle and manhole necks, the method
specified in ASTM A 672 shall be used.
7.2.8.5 Rolled plate nozzle necks and
reinforcing pads shall be the same material as
specified for the vessel shell and head to which
they are attached.
7.2.8.6 All bolt holes in flanges on manways,
hand holes and nozzles shall straddle the
normal vessel center lines.
27
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮهاي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﻮي ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-7-2-7
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬1 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬2 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ASME
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻴﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ )ﻃﺒﻖ‬.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل )ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬700
.‫( و ﻗﻄﺎع ﻛﺮوي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME
‫ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-7-2-7
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل )ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ از‬1700 ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻌﺎع‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬230
. ‫ درﺻﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ‫ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ روي ﻇﺮف در‬4-7-2-7
1 ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺧﺎرج ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
UG -30 ‫ و‬UG-29 ، UG-28 ‫ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬،VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬ASME ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ آدم روﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬8-2-7
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬1) 25 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬1-8-2-7
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
1
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف در‬.‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ) 40 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
2
.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻫﻤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻼط‬2-8-2-7
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﺎزل‬، ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬3-8-2-7
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻔﻮذي ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ورﻗﻬﺎي‬.‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪون‬4-8-2-7
‫درز ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ورق‬350 ‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ورق ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮدن ﻧﺎزل و آدم رو‬.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
ASTM A672 ‫ روش ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل ﻧﻮرد ﺷﺪه و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ‬5-8-2-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻇﺮف و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ در ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي آدم روﻫﺎ‬6-8-2-7
‫دﺳﺖ روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.8.7 The thickness of nozzle neck shall not
limit the maximum allowable working
pressure.
7.2.8.8 Nozzle necks DN 25 shall be
constructed of schedule 160 pipe, as a
minimum. Nozzle necks DN 40 to DN 200
pipe size shall be a minimum of schedule 80
seamless pipe. Larger nozzle necks shall be a
minimum 12.7 mm.
7.2.8.9 For cladded vessels, nozzles shall be
cladded or lined in accordance with paragraph
7.2.6.
7.2.8.10 Nozzles in vessels shall project a
minimum of 150 mm from outside of shell or
head on uninsulated vessels.
On insulated vessels the nozzles should project
a minimum of 150 mm from outside of shell or
head plus thickness of insulation.
7.2.8.11 Flanges shall conform to ASME B
16.5, "Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings".
7.2.8.12 Flanges larger than DN 600 shall be
per ASME B 16.47.
7.2.8.13 Non-Standard flanges shall be
calculated per ASME Code section VIII,
Division 1, Appendix 2 according to the design
conditions of the vessels, and external loads
imposed by piping reaction.
7.2.8.14 Welding neck flanges shall be used
where the pressure-temperature design
conditions require an ASME class 300 or
greater flange.
7.2.8.15 Slip-on flanges may be used for
ASME class 150 where the design temperature
is under 260°C.
7.2.8.16 ASME class 600 flanges and below
shall be of the raised-face type with a serrated
spiral finish. Flanges ASME class 900 and
above shall be ring-type joint. Ring-type joint
facing shall be of the flat bottom groove type.
7.2.8.17 All vessels of 900 mm inside diameter
or greater shall be provided with at least one
450 mm inside diameter manhole opening.
28
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر‬7-8-2-7
.‫ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز را ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬8-8-2-7
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬160 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رده‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬200 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬40 ‫ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬80 ‫ﺑﺪون درز رده‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬12/7 ‫ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه‬9-8-2-7
.‫ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬6-2-7 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
150 ‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي‬10-8-2-7
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ در ﻇﺮوف‬
.‫ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از‬150 ‫در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﺮون‬
.‫زدﮔﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ "ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي‬ASME B16.5 ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬11-8-2-7
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ" ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
600 ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬ 12-8-2-7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME B16.47 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ‬
1 ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬13-8-2-7
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬ASME ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2 ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬، VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ از‬
.‫ﻋﻜﺲاﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬14-8-2-7
‫ از‬300 ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ– ﻓﺸﺎري ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼس‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ دارد‬ASME ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
150 ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻼس‬15-8-2-7
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ASME ‫از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬260
‫ و‬ASME ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬600 ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻼس‬16-8-2-7
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬ASME ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬900 ‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻛﻼس‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺎر ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و‬900 ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬17-8-2-7
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
Manholes providing access for removal of
equipment shall not be less than 600 mm in
diameter. Davits or hinges shall be provided for
handling manhole covers.
7.2.8.18 Manways and nozzles shall not be
located in longitudinal weld seam and insofar
as it is practical, they shall avoid girth seams.
7.2.8.19 Handholes shall be a minimum of DN
150 nominal size and shall be preferably of the
studded pad type and shall be provided with a
bolted cover.
7.2.8.20 A vent of DN 150 minimum diameter
must be provided at or near the top of the
vessel on all vessels with manways. The vent
may be another manway or flanged process
nozzle which can be disconnected at the vessel.
On horizontal vessels, the vent and manway
shall be on opposite ends of the vessel.
7.2.8.21 Drain connections shall be flush with
the bottom of the vessel. These and internal
siphon drains shall, as a minimum, be schedule
160 pipe.
7.2.8.22 Threaded connections, if specified,
shall be 6000 class ASTM A 105 forged steel
couplings.
7.2.8.23 All nozzles over DN 40 mm shall be
flanged connections of DN 40. Smaller nozzles
on vessels may be provided with forged steel
couplings. Couplings shall be ASTM A 105,
42000 kPa (6000 psi). Such connections shall
be limited to vessels with a design pressure of
less than 4200 kPa (600 psig) and/or a design
temperature not exceeding 343°C.
Couplings shall not be provided in lined
portions of alloy-lined vessels and in bottom
heads of vertical vessels.
7.2.9 Internals
7.2.9.1 The vessel fabricator shall furnish and
install all internal attachments such as clips,
lugs, and brackets.
7.2.9.2 Internal shell attachments such as deck
29
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ آدم روﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬450
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬600 ‫از‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن درﭘﻮش آدمروﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آدم روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮش‬18-8-2-7
‫ از‬،‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي روي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
150 ‫ دﺳﺖ روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ‬19-8-2-7
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻲ رزوه ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ درﭘﻮش ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
150 ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬20-8-2-7
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ آن در ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ آدم‬.‫ﻇﺮوف داراي آدم رو ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫روي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎزل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از‬
‫ آدم رو و ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ‬،‫ در ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ‬.‫ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف‬21-8-2-7
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﺘﺮﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬160 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رده‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رزوهاي‬22-8-2-7
6000 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻛﻼس‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM A105 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬40 ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬23-8-2-7
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬40 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ روي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي‬
42000 ، ASTM A105 ‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ‬.‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6000) ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬4200 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬343 ‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬600)
.‫ ﻣﺤﺪود ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺷﺪه و در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬9-2-7
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-9-2-7
.‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي‬2-9-2-7
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
support angles, lugs, clips, and seats shall be
designed to be welded to the vessel shell or
head by continuous fillet welds.
7.2.9.3 Removable piping and fitting internals
shall be flanged for ease of removal.
7.2.9.4 All detachable internal parts shall have
free access through manholes, or be divided
into parts to enable them to pass through
manholes.
7.2.9.5 All internal flange bolting shall be
securely tightened, and the bolt heads and nuts
shall be tack welded to prevent loosening.
7.2.9.6 Vortex breakers shall be provided on
liquid bottom outlet nozzles from vessels as
follows:
a) Pump suction connection.
b) Vessels where two phases may be
present.
7.2.9.7 Impingement plates attached to shell or
baffles shall be provided where severe erosion
may occur, such as opposite inlet connections.
These and all internal supports shall be
attached with full fillet welds.
7.2.9.8 For designing wire mesh blanket
supports, flow direction, pressure drop, weights
of wire mesh proper and load of maintenance
period shall be considered. The minimum
numbers of support beam for wire mesh
blanket shall be as follows:
a) Vessel inside diameter 1,200 - 2,500
mm : One support beam.
b) Vessel inside diameter over 2,500
mm : Two or more support beams.
7.2.10 Supports & external attachments
7.2.10.1 Horizontal pressure vessels supported
on concrete or steel saddles shall be provided
with corrosion plates between the saddle and
the pressure vessel.
Corrosion plates shall be 6 mm thick and shall
be continuously welded to shell of vessel.
Corrosion plates shall have minimum of one 6
30
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬3-9-2-7
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﺳﺎن ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬4-9-2-7
‫آدمروﻫﺎ داراي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آزاد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ را از آدمرو ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬5-9-2-7
‫ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬6-9-2-7
:‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت از ﺗﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬
‫ب ( ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎوي ﺳﻴﺎل دوﻓﺎزي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬7-9-2-7
‫ﺟﻬﺖدﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودي ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻨﻬﺎ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮري‬8-9-2-7
‫ وزن ﺗﻮري ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و‬،‫ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬،‫ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد‬.‫ﺑﺎر دوره ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮري ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح‬
.‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2500 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1200 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ دو‬:‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2500 ‫ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬10-2-7
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه روي‬1-10-2-7
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ و ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬6 ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
6 ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﻮاي‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
mm tell tale hole.
7.2.10.2 Vertical vessels shall be provided with
skirts of the same outside diameter as the
vessel shell. Skirts shall be 6 mm minimum
thick, and shall be designed to withstand the
combined stresses of dead load, live load, wind
or earthquake load, whichever is the greater,
and reactions of piping more than DN 300.
7.2.10.3 Vessel skirts shall have a manhole of
DN 500 if piping is located inside the skirt.
Openings for piping connections to the
bottom of the vessel shall be provided in the
skirt as required. In addition, two DN 100
vent holes 180° apart shall be provided in the
upper part of the skirt. Reference is made to
standard IPS-D-ME-010.
7.2.10.4 Skirt shall be provided with 12 mm
thickness minimum base ring which shall
include anchor bolt chairs.
Anchor bolts for skirts and saddles shall be a
minimum of M20 and bolt holes shall be 22
mm. diameter minimum.
7.2.10.5 Skirts shall be of sufficient length so
that the bottom of vessel head shall be
minimum 450 mm from top of base ring.
7.2.10.6 Insulation support shall be furnished
welded to vessel in shop and shall be spaced on
3.5 m. maximum centers for both blanket and
block insulation.
7.2.10.7 Insulation support shall be skip
welded to vessel shell and skirt, and shall be
same width as insulation.
7.2.10.8 Vessels shall be provided with
adequate lifting lugs or ears to facilitate
handling. Where thin wall vessels are involved,
load distribution and reinforcing pads shall be
used with the lugs.
31
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬2-10-2-7
6 ‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر‬،‫ ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه‬،‫ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎر ﻣﺮده‬
‫ و ﻋﻜﺲاﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬300 ‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ درون ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬3-10-2-7
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ آدمرو ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬500 ‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ دو ﺳﻮراخ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز روي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬180 ‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬100 ‫ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬IPS-D-ME-010 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬4-10-2-7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺮك ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬12 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫و‬20 ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬22 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬5-10-2-7
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬450 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬6-10-2-7
‫ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺷﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3/5 ‫ﻫﺮدو ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﺘﻮﻳﻲ و ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬7-10-2-7
‫داﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ )ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺑﺮﻳﺪه( ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬
.‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﻮاره ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ‬8-10-2-7
، ‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﻇﺮوف ﻧﺎزك‬.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎر و ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.10.9 Lifting lugs shall be designed with a
safety factor of 4 based on the static weight of
vessel, including internals.
Lugs on insulated vessels shall be long enough
to allow sling hook-up after the insulation is
installed. Lug holes if possible shall be drilled.
Reference is made to standard drawings No.
IPS-D-ME-002, IPS-D-ME-003.
7.2.10.10 If the vessel operating points are
located higher than 2 meters above the deck,
vessels shall be provided with ladders and
platforms to facilitate access to the following
equipment. The maximum lateral reach to the
equipment shall not exceed 45 cm.
a) Safety and control valves
b) Controllers
c) Shutoff valves
d) Access openings and manways
e) Thermowells
f) Sample points
7.2.10.11 Support clips for ladders, platforms,
and stairs shall be shop-welded to the vessel. If
the vessel is to be stress relieved, the supports
clips shall be welded prior to stress relieving.
7.2.10.12 Support clips on insulated vessels
shall be long enough to allow for bolting
beyond the insulation limits.
7.2.11 Gaskets & bolting
7.2.11.1 Vendor shall propose suitable gasket's
material in accordance with equipment's
service conditions.
7.2.11.2 Graphite with perforated or with flat
stainless steel insertion are frequently used as
an alternative for asbestos fibers.
7.2.11.3 Spiral wound gaskets for raised-face
flanges shall be as per ASME B16.20
32
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
4 ‫ ﻛﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬9-10-2-7
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس وزن اﻳﺴﺘﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻼب ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻪ زﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و‬IPS-D-ME-002 ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬IPS-D-ME-003
2 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻛﺎري ﻇﺮف در ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺶ از‬10-10-2-7
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ و‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮ از ﻋﺮﺷﻪ واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
45 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
:‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ‬
‫ب ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ج ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫د ( درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ و آدم روﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫـ( ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي دﻣﺎ‬
‫و ( ﻧﻘﺎط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و‬،‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬11-10-2-7
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻨﺶ‬.‫ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ‬،‫زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه‬12-10-2-7
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﻴﺮون از‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬11-2-7
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ واﺷﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﻃﺒﻖ‬1-11-2-7
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ‬2-11-2-7
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ آزﺑﺴﺖ )ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﺴﻮز( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي‬3-11-2-7
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME B16.20 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.2.11.4 Due to the health hazards concerned
with the asbestos materials, all gaskets shall be
asbestos free.
7.2.11.5 Bolting for vessel internals
constructed of carbon steel shall be ASTM
A193, Grade B6 bolts and ASTM A194, Grade
6 nuts, as a minimum. Bolting for vessel
internals constructed of higher alloy material
shall match the material that is being joined
7.2.11.6. External bolting shall be continuous-
thread alloy steel bolt studs in accordance with
ASTM A193, Grade B7 for design
temperatures less than 454°C (850°F) or
ASTM A193, Grade B16, for design
temperatures between 454°C (850°F) and
593°C (1100°F) and semi-finished hex nuts in
accordance with ASTM A194, Gr. 2H.
7.2.11.7 Threads of bolts and nuts shall be of
the course thread series in accordance with
ASME B1.1, Class 1A and 1B, respectively.
7.2.11.8 External gaskets
Manholes, handholes and blanked-off nozzles
shall have gaskets conforming to the piping
specification for lines connecting to nozzles in
the same zone of the vessel, unless otherwise
specified.
7.2.11.9 Internal gaskets
Solid metal gasket shall be fully annealed and
one piece construction. Unless otherwise
specified non-metallic gaskets shall be one
piece construction.
7.2.12 Earthing lug
7.2.12.1 Minimum two earthing lugs shall be
provided on each vessel, and shall be in
accordance with either IPS-D-EL-413 or the
vendor’s specification.
8. FABRICATION
8.1 General
8.1.1 Fabrication shall not begin until the
fabricator has received written approval from
the purchaser for the detailed drawings.
33
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻲ از ﺧﻄﺮات ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬4-11-2-7
.‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آزﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬، ‫آزﺑﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ از ﻓﻮﻻد‬5-11-2-7
ASTM A193 ‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ‫ رده‬ASTM A194 ‫ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎي‬B6 ‫رده‬
‫اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞاﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ دوﺳﺮ رزوه‬6-11-2-7
،ASTM A193 ‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺗﻤﺎم رزوه ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬454 ‫ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬B6 ‫رده‬
‫ رده‬،ASTM A193 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ‬850) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬454 ‫ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬B16
1100) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬593 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و‬850)
‫درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2H ‫ رده‬ASTM A194 ‫ﮔﻮش ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ رزوه ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎي رزوه‬7-11-2-7
‫ و‬1A ‫ ﻛﻼس‬ASME B1.1 ‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1B
‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬8-11-2-7
‫ دﺳﺖروﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮر ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬،‫آدمروﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن از ﻇﺮف ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-2-11-9
‫واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬ 12-2-7
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬1-12-2-7
‫ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-D-EL-413
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-8
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ‬1-1-8
‫ ﺷﺮوع‬، ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
8.1.2 Intermediate heads shall be attached to
the shell per ASME Code Section VIII,
Division 1, Figure UW 13-1-(f) with fillet
weld.
8.1.3 Anchor bolt holes of baseplate for
vertical vessels shall be provided straddling the
principal centerlines of the vessel.
8.1.4 The inner edge of manholes and nozzles
shall conform to the vessel inside radius except
for those exceeding DN 600 and be smooth
without sharp edges.
8.1.5 All reinforcement plates shall be provided
with a 6 mm NPT tell-taile hole which shall be
left open.
Where a reinforcement plate consists of two or
more plates welded together after being fit to
the vessel, a test hole shall be provided for each
sealed section of the plate.
8.1.6 Welding and weld repair procedures shall
be submitted to the purchaser for review prior
to start of fabrication
8.1.7 Backing strips shall not be permitted
without prior approval, by the purchaser.
8.1.8 All flange facing and threaded
connections shall be protected against
oxidation during heat treatment.
8.1.9 Before fabrication the manufacturer shall
submit for approval by the purchaser a fully
dimensioned drawing showing the pressure
portions of the vessel and carrying the
following information:
a) A statement that the vessel is to be
constructed in accordance with this
Standard.
b) Specification(s) with which
materials shall comply
c) Welding Procedure Specification(s)
with approved P.Q.R. to be adopted for
all parts of the Vessel.
d) Large-scale dimensional details of
the weld preparation for the
longitudinal and circumferential seams,
and details of the joints for branch
34
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، 1 ‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬2-1-8
‫ ﺑﺎ‬، ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬UW 13-1-(f) ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،VIII
.‫ﺟﻮش ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ورق ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬3-1-8
.‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ آدم روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻌﺎع‬4-1-8
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺻﺎف ﺑﺪون ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬600 ‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ‬5-1-8
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ‬NPT ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ رزوه‬6 ‫ﻫﻮاي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ورق ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ از دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ورق ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ‬،‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺰا از ورق اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-1-8
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬7-1-8
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رزوهاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬8-1-8
.‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ در ﻃﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬9-1-8
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬
،‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻇﺮف و ﺣﺎوي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ اﻇﻬﺎرﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮف ﻃﺒﻖ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ب ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ)ﻫﺎ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ)ﻫﺎي( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف‬، ‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬P.Q.R.
.‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫د ( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺑﺰرگ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و‬
‫ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
pipes, seatings, etc., and the position of
these seams and other openings
e) Post weld heat treatment procedure.
f) Non-destructive testing method.
g) Test plate requirements.
h) Design pressure(s) and
temperature(s) and major structural
loadings.
i) Test pressure(s).
j) Location and amount of corrosion
allowance
By agreement between the purchaser and the
manufacturer, it is permissible to commence
the manufacture of individual parts of the
vessel before approval of the drawings of the
complete vessel.
No modifications shall be made to the
approved design drawing unless approved by
the purchaser.
8.1.10 Material identification
The manufacturer shall maintain, to the
satisfaction of the Inspecting Authority, a
system of identification for the material used in
fabrication in order that all material for
pressure parts in the completed work can be
traced to its origin. The system shall
incorporate appropriate procedures for
verifying the identity of material as received
from the supplier via the material
manufacturer’s test certificates and/or
appropriate acceptance tests. In laying out and
cutting the material, the material identification
mark shall be so located as to be clearly visible
when the pressure part is completed.
Where the material identification mark is
unavoidably cut out during manufacture of a
pressure part, it shall be transferred by the
pressure part manufacturer to another part of
this component.
Batch No. of welding consumables shall be
retained.
35
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫و ﻏﻴﺮه و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﻫ (دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬
.‫و ( روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬
.‫ز ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ورق آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ح ( ﻓﺸﺎر)ﻫﺎ( و دﻣﺎ)ﻫﺎي( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎزهاي ﻣﻬﻢ‬
.‫ط ( ﻓﺸﺎر)ﻫﺎي( آزﻣﻮن‬
.‫ي ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و ﻣﻘﺪار ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻴﺎن ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﻇﺮف ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪون‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ‬10-1-8
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻗﻨﺎع ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ را ﺗﺪارك ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻛﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺒﺪاء ﺧﻮد ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ رﺳﻴﺪه از ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺪارك‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ‬،‫ در ﭼﻴﻨﺶ و ﺑﺮش ﺟﻨﺲ‬.‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ وﺿﻮح ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب در ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ از ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي از‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻤﺎره دﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
8.1.11 Order of completion of weld seams
Where any part of vessel is made in two or
more courses, the longitudinal seams shall be
completed before commencing the adjoining
circumferential seam(s) and, where practicable,
the longitudinal seams of adjacent courses shall
be staggered.
8.1.12 Junction of more than two weld seams
Where meeting of more than two weld seams is
unavoidable, then intermediate stress relief
shall be applied.
8.2 Cutting, Forming and Tolerances
8.2.1 Cutting of material
8.2.1.1 Method
All material shall be cut to size and shape
preferably by thermal cutting or machining.
However, for plates less than 25 mm thick, it is
permissible to use cold shearing provided that
the cut edges are dressed back mechanically by
not less than 1.5 mm to provide a suitable
surface to permit a satisfactory examination of
the edges prior to welding.
It is permissible for plates less than 10 mm
thick, which are cold sheared, not to be dressed
where the cut edges are to be subsequently
welded.
Note:
Where preheat is specified for welding the type
of material being cut by a thermal process, it
may also be necessary to preheat during
cutting.
Surfaces which have been thermally cut shall
be dressed back by machining or grinding to
remove severe notches, slag and scale. Slight
oxidation of the cut edges of carbon steel and
carbon manganese steel type steels produced
by machine thermal cutting shall not be
regarded as detrimental.
The cut edges of ferritic alloy steel, which are
cut by a thermal process, shall be dressed back
by grinding or machining for a distance of 1.5
mm unless the manufacturer can demonstrate
to the satisfaction of the Inspecting Authority
that the material has not been adversely
affected by the cutting process.
36
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬11-1-8
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﻇﺮف در دو ﻛﻮرس ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع درزﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮدد و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻮرﺳﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﺶ از دو درز ﺟﻮش‬12-1-8
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو درز ﺟﻮش اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و روادارﻳﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-8
‫ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺟﻨﺲ‬1-2-8
‫ روش‬1-1-2-8
،‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ و اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي‬.‫ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺳﺮد ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬1/5 ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮش ﻛﻞ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻟﺒﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ‬10 ‫ﺑﺮاي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﻧﻜﺮدن ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮش ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ‬
،‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﻣﻴﺨﻮرﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻲ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻴﺰ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
‫ ﮔﺬازه و‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ رﻓﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰدار ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻀﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮردهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ‬1/5 ‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫آﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻗﻨﺎع ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ دﻻﻳﻠﻲ اراﺋﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري اﺛﺮ ﺑﺪي ﺑﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﮕﺬاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
8.2.1.2 Examination of cut edges
Before carrying out further work, cut surfaces
and heat affected zones shall be examined for
defects, including laminations, cracks and slag
inclusions. Major defects shall be notified to
the purchaser or his representative.
Any material damaged in the process of cutting
to size and preparation of edges shall be
removed by machining, grinding or chipping
back to undamaged metal.
8.2.2 Forming of shell sections and plates
8.2.2.1 General
Prior to forming, a visual examination of all
plates shall be carried out, followed by
measurement of the thickness. As far as
practicable, all hot and cold forming shall be
done by machine; local heating or hammering
shall not be used.
Heavy scale remaining after any hot forming
operation shall be removed by a suitable descaling
process which will not impair the quality of the
material or have an adverse effect on the corrosion
resistance of the exposed surfaces.
8.2.2.2 Plates welded prior to hot or cold
forming
It is permissible to butt weld plates together
prior to forming provided that the joint is non-
destructively tested after forming by a method
agreed between the purchaser and
manufacturer.
Since welds in items subjected to hot forming
temperatures, or normalized, will generally
suffer significant strength reduction, the
manufacturer shall ensure that the filler metal
used will satisfy the weld joint design
requirements after such heat treatment.
8.2.2.3 Cold forming
8.2.2.3.1 Ferritic steel
If the inside radius of curvature of a cold
formed cylindrical pressure part is less than 10
times the thickness in the case of carbon and
carbon manganese steels, or 18 times the
37
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده‬2-1-2-8
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده و‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺑﻌﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺼﻮص‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه او اﻃﻼع داده‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ‬،‫ﺷﺪن و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻪﺑﺮداري ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪه ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ورﻗﻬﺎ‬2-2-8
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-2-8
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ از ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲﻫﺎي ﮔﺮم و ﺳﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﺎري‬،‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺰﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ اﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮود‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬2-2-2-8
‫ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮد‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫روش ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آزﻣﻮن ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ‬
،‫دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم روﺑﺮو ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﻨﺠﺎر )ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰه( ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﻤﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮش را ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد‬3-2-2-8
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ‬3-2-2-8
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷﻌﺎع داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ در ﻣﻮرد‬10 ‫ﺳﺮد ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬18 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰدار ﻳﺎ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
thickness in the case of all other ferritic
materials, an appropriate post forming heat
treatment shall be applied to restore properties
to levels which will ensure that the material
properties are not significantly altered from
those assumed in design.
All ends which have been cold formed shall be
heat treated for the same purpose unless the
manufacturer demonstrates that the cold
formed properties are adequate and the material
properties are not significantly altered from
those assumed in design.
8.2.2.3.2 Austenitic steel
Austenitic steel which has been cold formed
shall subsequently be softended (as described
in 8.2.2.4.2) and descaled unless:
a) The thickness is less than 10 mm; or
b) The purchaser has agreed with the
manufacturer that the extent of
cold forming does not necessitate
heat treatment.
8.2.2.4 Hot forming
8.2.2.4.1 Ferritic steel
Forming procedures involving plate heating
shall be agreed between the purchaser and the
manufacturer.
The forming procedure shall specify the plate
heating rate, the holding temperature, the
temperature range and time in which the
forming takes place and shall give details of
any heat treatment to be given to the formed
part. When required by the purchaser or
Inspecting Authority the manufacturer shall
provide data to support his procedure.
8.2.2.4.2 Austenitic steel
Austenitic steel plates to be heated for hot
working shall be heated uniformly in a neutral
or oxidizing atmosphere without flame
impingement, to a temperature not exceeding
the recommended hot working temperature of
the material. Deformation shall not be carried
out after the temperature of the materials has
fallen below 900°C. Local heating shall not be
applied.
After hot working is completed the material
shall be heated to the agreed softening
38
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮاص؛ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﻋﻤﺪهاي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻓﺮض ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن دﻫﺪ‬،‫در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻫﺪف ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫دﻻﻳﻠﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮض ﺷﺪه ﺗﻔﺎوت‬
.‫ﻋﻤﺪهاي ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ‬2-3-2-2-8
‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎً ﻧﺮم‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪ( و‬2-4-2-2-8 ‫ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
:‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ‬10 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ب ( ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم‬4-2-2-8
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ‬1-4-2-2-8
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬،‫روﻳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ورق‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد را‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎزد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻴﺎن ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دادهﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آن را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ‬2-4-2-2-8
‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺣﺮارت‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬.‫دﻣﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬900 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬30 ‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي دورهاي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
temperature for a period not less than 30 min.
The softening temperatures and period for
warm worked, high proof material shall be
agreed between the purchaser and the
manufacturer. After softening, the surface shall
be descaled.
8.2.2.5 Manufacture of shell plates and ends
Shell plates shall be formed to the correct
contour to ensure compliance with tolerances
specified in the applicable code.
Where practicable, head plates and ends shall
be made from one plate. Dishing and peripheral
flanging of end plates shall be done by
machine, flanging preferably being done in one
operation. Sectional flanging is permitted
provided that it is agreed between the
purchaser and the manufacturer. The flanges
shall be cylindrical, of good surface and free
from irregularities.
8.2.2.6 Examination of formed plates
All plates, after being formed and before
carrying out further work upon them, shall be
examined visually and checked for thickness
and any injurious defect.
8.3 Welding
8.3.1 Qualification for welding procedures and
welders shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ASME Code Section IX.
8.3.2 All welding shall be done by Shielded
Metal Arc welding (SMAW) or submerged Arc
welding (SAW) processes.
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) shall be
limited to the root pass only and limited to the
flat position. Oxyacetylene or forge welding is
not acceptable.
8.3.3 Welding by the SAW processes shall be
performed only by fully-automatic or semi-
automatic equipment.
8.3.4 Welding electrodes shall be of AWS
approved quality or equivalent. Welding
materials for use with carbon steels shall be
"low-hydrogen" types.
39
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫دﻣﺎي ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ و دوره ﻛﺎر ﺷﺪه ﮔﺮم ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬5-2-2-8
‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ رواداريﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬
.‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزي و ﻟﺒﻪﻛﺸﻲ دور‬.‫ﻳﻚ ورق ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬،‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫در ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻮب و ﻋﺎري از اﻋﻮﺟﺎج ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه‬6-2-2-8
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﻌﺪي‬،‫ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫و ﻫﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬3-8
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و‬1-3-8
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬IX ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬ASME
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎرﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-3-8
‫( ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬SMAW) ‫ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود روﻛﺶ دار‬
.‫( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬SAW) ‫ﻗﻮس زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮدري‬
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ‬GMAW) ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ در ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺟﻮش آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﭘﺎس رﻳﺸﻪ و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻛﺴﻴﻲ اﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬SAW ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬3-3-8
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬4-3-8
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬AWS
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﻮاع "ﻛﻢ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
8.3.5 Alloy elements containing flux powder
for submerged arc automatic and semi-
automatic welding techniques may be
employed; provided that the flux shall be new
(Reused Flux is not permitted).
8.3.6 All welding shall be completed prior to
final heat treatment.
8.3.7 A carbon equivalent shall be determined
for all materials to be welded by using the
following equation.
C eq. = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo+ V)/5+ (Ni + Cu)/15
Carbon content (C): C  0.25%
0.45%  Carbon equivalent (C eq.): C eq.
8.3.8 Welding electrodes, wires and fluxes
shall be shipped, stored and used in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommended
practices. Damaged or non-traceable
consumables shall not be used.
8.3.9 All welding of pressure parts shall
conform to the requirements, of Section VIII,
Division 1 and Section IX. Of ASME Code.
8.3.10 All longitudinal and circumferential
seams in shells and all seams in heads shall be
full penetration double butt welds of the "V" or
"U" type. Lap welds are not permitted. Joints
that are not accessible for double welding may
be single butt-welded with full penetration.
8.3.11 Adjacent longitudinal seams shall be
staggered so as to give a minimum of 60°
orientation between seams.
Shell seams shall be located away from long
internal attachment welds.
8.3.12 Skirt and other attachment welds shall
have complete fusion for the full length of the
weld and shall be within permissible limits
undercut, overlap, abrupt ridges or valleys.
8.4 Welding Electrodes
Welding electrodes for cladded materials shall
be used as shown in Table 3.
40
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﭘﻮدر ﮔﺪازا )روانﺳﺎز( ﺑﺮاي‬5-3-8
‫ﻓﻨﻮن ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮس زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮدري ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط آﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﺪازا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.(‫)ﮔﺪازاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬6-3-8
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮادي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬7-3-8
:‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ و ﮔﺪازاﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎ‬8-3-8
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و‬،‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬9-3-8
‫ از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬IX ‫ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﻪ‬10-3-8
‫درزﻫﺎ در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺳﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻧﻔﻮذي‬
.‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي روي ﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫“ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬U” ‫“ ﻳﺎ‬V”
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻧﻔﻮذي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ )ﭘﻠﻪاي‬11-3-8
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زاوﻳﻪاي ﺑﻴﻦ‬60 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫درزﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور از ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬12-3-8
‫ذوب ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و‬
،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺎره ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي درﺷﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬4-8
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر روﻧﺪ‬3 ‫ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

TABLE 3 - WELDING ELECTRODES FOR CLADDED MATERIALS

‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
AWS-Welding Electrode Specifications *
ASTM Spec. Cladding Material *AWS – ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
ASTM ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬ Weld to Base Metal Weld to Cladding Metal
‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ روﻛﺶ‬
Type 405 or 410S E 310 - xx or E 309 -xx
Type 304 E 308 – xx
E 310 - xx or E 309 -xx
A 263 Type 304 L E 308 L – xx
E 310 - Mo – xx E 316 – xx
Type 316
A 264 or
Type 316 L E 316 L – xx
E 309 - Mo - xx
Type 321 or 347 E 310 - xx or E 309xx E 347 – xx
UNS 04400
A 265 E Ni Cu – 7 E Ni Cu – 7
(Ni-Cu Alloy)
UNS C 70600
E Ni Cu - 7 E Ni Cu - 7
UNS C 72200
B 432 or or
UNS C 71500
E Ni - 1 E Cu Ni
(Cu-Ni Alloy)

* Note: :‫*ﻳﺎدآوري‬
AWS electrode designation xx are 15 or 16. ‫ رده‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬16 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬15 AWS ‫ در اﻟﻜﺘﺮود‬xx ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
The equivalent grade of AWS specifications .‫ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬AWS ‫ﻣﻌﺎدل ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
may be used.

8.5 Clad Disbonding Prevention ‫ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ‬5-8

Preventives of weld metal overlay clad
disbonding, which may occur during operation
of the "Special Hydrogen Service" vessel, shall
be provided in the vessel fabrication.
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎ از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻃﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ "ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺧﺎص‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬،‫"اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‬

8.6 Preheating ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬6-8

8.6.1 The manufacturer shall state the proposed
preheat temperature to avoid hard zone
cracking in the heat affected zone, for each
type of weld including those for all attachments
and tack welds. No welding shall be carried out
when the temperature of the parent metal
within 200 mm of the joint is less than 5°C.
Austenitic steels do not require preheat for
welding.
8.6.2 Where preheat is specified welding shall
continue without interruption. If, however,
continuity is affected, preheat shall be
maintained or the joint shall be slowly cooled
under an insulation blanket. Before
recommencing welding preheat shall be
applied.
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺧﻮد‬1-6-8
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع از ﺟﻮش ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ‬.‫ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻫﻤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬
200 ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ اﺻﻠﻲ در‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬5 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-6-8
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻳﺮاد‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون وﻗﻔﻪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ اﮔﺮ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدد ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻣﺠﺪد‬.‫آراﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺘﻮي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬

8.6.3 The preheat area shall be at least 200 mm ‫ در‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬200 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬3-6-8
wide, where possible, centered about the weld ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﻮش و اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ دور ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن‬

41
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
and shall extend around the
circumference.
8.7 Post-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
8.7.1 Welded vessels shall be stress relieved if
required by the ASME Code and with regards
to the following:
a) Vessels subject to stress corrosion
b) Vessels with unusual configurations
c) Vessels in which high stresses may
develop in the welds because of
restraint
8.7.2 Where post-weld heat treatment is
required because of process or service
condition, the temperature range and the
holding time shall be as specified by the
purchaser.
8.8 Tolerances
8.8.1 General
As a general rule, the limits of dimensional
acceptability will be defined by the tolerances
specified in this Standard.
For vessels fabricated from pipe, the diameter
and out-of roundness tolerances shall be in
accordance with relevant ASME Code
specification.
8.8.2 Shell tolerances
8.8.2.1 Tolerances for vessels under external
pressure shall be as specified in ASME Code
Section VIII, Division I.
8.8.2.2 Tolerances for vessels subject to
internal pressure shall be as follow:
a) Tolerances for inside nominal shell
diameter as measured by external strapping
shall be as shown in the following table:
NOMINAL I.D.
mm < 1200
‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
TOLERANCE
mm ±3
‫رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
entire .‫ ﻋﺮض داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
(PWHT) ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬7-8
ASME ‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه اﮔﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬1-7-8
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ‬
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻨﺶ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬
‫ج ( ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﻮد ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-7-8
‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬،‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
.‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ رواداري ﻫﺎ‬8-8
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8-8
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﭘﺬﻳﺮش اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ و ﺧﺎرج‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ‫از ﮔﺮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬2-8-8
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-2-8-8
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، I ‫ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬ASME
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-8-8
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻮاري ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در ﺟﺪول‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
> 1200 TO 2100 > 2100 TO 4800 > 4800
±5 ±6 ±8
42
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

b) Circularity (out-of-roundness) (‫ب ( ﻣﺪور ﺑﻮدن )ﺧﺎرج از ﮔﺮدي‬

The difference between the maximum and ‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
minimum internal diameters shall be in :‫ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
accordance with the following table:

NOMINAL INTERNAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM

DIAMETER OF VESSEL mm INTERNAL DIAMETERS
‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
To 800 incl. 0.8% of nominal internal diameter
800 ‫ﺗﺮاز و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ‬%0/8
Over 800 to 3000 0.5% of nominal internal diameter
3000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬800 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ‬%0/5
Over 3000 to 5000 20 mm or 0.5% of nominal internal diameter, whichever is the smaller
5000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬%0/5 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬20
Over 5000 25 mm or 0.4% of nominal internal diameter, whichever is the smaller
5000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬%0/4 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬25

8.8.3 Straightness ‫ راﺳﺘﻲ‬3-8-8

The maximum deviation measured at the
outside surface of the cylindrical parent plate
from a straight line parallel to the vessel axis
shall not exceed 1 mm per 1000 mm shell
length, with a maximum of 25 mm.
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﺮون ورق‬
‫اﺻﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي از ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇﺮف‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬1000 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ درﻫﺮ‬1 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

8.8.4 Length ‫ ﻃﻮل‬4-8-8

Tolerance on overall length measured between ‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط‬
the tangent lines shall be in accordance with :‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
the following table:

LENGTH TOLERANCE
mm mm
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ ‫رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Up to 1000 incl. 1000 ‫ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ±2.0
Over 1000 to 4000 4000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ±4.0
Over 4000 to 10000 10000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ±8.0
Over 10000 and all vessels having a wall thickness over 70 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬70 ‫ و ﻇﺮوف داراي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﻴﺶ از‬10000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ±13.0

Note:
Tangent lines to be punch-marked on the dished
heads, both externally and internally at the
intersection of knuckle with the cylindrical section.
8.8.5 Tolerance for formed heads
Tolerances for formed heads shall be as
specified in the ASME, Section VIII, Division
I.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ روي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻋﺪﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه از داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج‬
‫در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﻗﻮس ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﻳﺪار‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه‬5-8-8
‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬ASME ، VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬

43
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
8.8.6 Attachments
Tolerances for attachments are given below.
The alphabetical coding is explained in Fig. 1.
Nozzles in Shells and Domed Ends (except
for nozzles for level instruments):
a) Position
Measured from tangent line, ±6 mm.
b) Projection
For nozzles on shell measured from
shell curvature, and for nozzles on
domes measured from tangent line, ±6
mm.
c) Alignment
Of nozzle flange face with the
indicated plane, maximum ½ degree in
any direction.
d) Radial orientation
Measured from reference center line to
center line of nozzle, ±1 degree with a
maximum circumferential tolerance of
15 mm.
e) Bolt hole orientation
Maximum rotation 1.5 mm measured
at bolt circle.
Note:
Bolt holes to straddle center lines, if not
indicated otherwise.
f) Deviation of nozzle center line in
head
Not to exceed 3 mm.
Note:
Stacked heat exchangers. Nozzles and supports
for stacked heat exchangers shall be checked for
correct alignment during fabrication-due
allowance being made for the gaskets specified.
Nozzles for Level Instruments:
g) Distance
measured from center to center ±1.5 mm.
44
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬6-8-8
‫ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬاري‬.‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در زﻳﺮ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1 ‫اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺒﺪي )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬
(‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±6 ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬
‫ب ( ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي روي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از‬
-‫اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي روي ﮔﻨﺒﺪ اﻧﺪازه‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±6 ، ‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬
‫ج ( ﺗﺮازي‬
1
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
2
.‫درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫د ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
15 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ رواداري ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬±1 ،‫ﻧﺎزل‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻫ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه در‬1/5 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬
.‫داﻳﺮه ﭘﻴﭻ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻣﻮازي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و ( اﻧﺤﺮاف ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
(‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ )ﺳﺮي‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮازي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬
‫ز ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±1/5 ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

h) Projection difference ‫ح ( ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ‬

for each pair of flanges, measured from ‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از اﻧﺤﻨﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﻔﺖ از ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
shell curvature 1.0 mm. .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/0 ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
i) Alignment ‫ط ( ﺗﺮازي‬
of nozzle flange face with the indicated ‫ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
plane maximum ¼ degree in any ‫ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل‬.‫ درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬1
direction. Further tolerances for level 4
instrument nozzle shall be in ‫ )ب( و‬،(‫ )اﻟﻒ‬6-8-8 ‫اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
accordance with 8.8.6 a, b and e.
.‫)ﻫ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Manholes: :‫آدمروﻫﺎ‬

j) Position ‫ي ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
Measured from bottom tangent line .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±12‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
±12 mm. Further tolerances for (‫ )د‬6-8-8 ‫ﺑﻘﻴﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي آدمروﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
manholes shall be in accordance with
.‫و )ﻫ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
8.8.6 d and e.

k) Height ‫ك ( ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
Measured from shell curvature ±12 mm. .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±12 ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

l) Alignment ‫ل ( ﺗﺮازي‬
Of flange face maximum 1 degree in .‫ درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬1 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
any direction.

Vessel Supports: :‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف‬

m) Support height ‫م ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

DISTANCE FROM LOWER TANGENT LINE

TO BASE OR SUPPORT TOLERANCE
mm mm
‫رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ از ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
To 1000 incl. 1000 ‫ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬ ±2.0
Over 1000 to 4000 4000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ±4.0

Over 4000 to 10000 10000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4000 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ ±8.0

n) Base ring or support out of ‫ن ( ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮاري ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

levelness
0.2% of nominal diameter with a ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬12 ‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬0/2
maximum of 12 mm.

o) Foundation bolt pitch circle ‫س ( داﻳﺮه ﮔﺎم ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن‬

±3 mm, for ID of vessel < 2100 mm. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬±3
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2100
±6 mm, for ID of vessel ≥ 2100 mm. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬±6
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2100 ‫ﻣﺴﺎوي‬

45
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
p) Distance between legs (horizontal
vessel)
Max. ±3 mm.
q) Height of leg (horizontal vessel)
Max. ±5 mm.
h1) Flatness of the bearing surface of
a support (horizontal vessel)
Transverse direction Max. ±2 mm
Longitudinal direction Max. ±4 mm
h2) Height of bearing sole plate and
lower generating line of vessel
(horizontal vessel)
Max. ±3 mm
h3) Distance between axes of bolt
holes (horizontal vessel)
Max. ±3 mm
h4) Distance between diagonals of
end saddles (horizontal vessel)
Max. ±6 mm
h5) Distance between levels of end
bearing sole plates (horizontal
vessel)
0~+ 5 mm
h6) Distance between saddle axis and
vessel tangential or reference line
(horizontal vessel)
Max. ±5 mm
Tray Supports:
r) Tray support ring levelness
Measured as greatest difference all
around, tolerance 0.15% of the outside
tray diameter, with a maximum of 4
mm.
s) Tray support ring position
Distance of tray support ring to lower
tangent line ±6 mm.
t) Distance between two adjacent
tray support rings
46
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
(‫ع ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
(‫ف ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±5 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
(‫( ﻫﻤﻮاري ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬1‫ح‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±2 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±4 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬2‫ح‬
(‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ‬3‫ح‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬4‫ح‬
(‫)ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±6 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ارﺗﻔﺎعﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻬﺎي‬5‫ح‬
(‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬+5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0
‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮر ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ و ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬6‫ح‬
(‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±5 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
:‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ص( ﻫﻤﻮاري )ﺗﺮازي(ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه دورﺗﺎدور‬
4 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬0/15 ‫رواداري‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ق ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±6 ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ر ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎر ﻫﻢ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

And from tray support ring to center of ‫از ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل ﻛﻨﺎري ﻳﺎ‬
adjacent nozzle or instrument
connection ±3 mm, except for the
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬±3 ‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
distance of a draw-off tray support ring ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل‬
to the center of the corresponding .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬±2 ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ رواداري ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام‬
nozzle, for which the maximum
tolerance is ±2 mm.

u) Distance of vertical downcomer ‫ش ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر‬

plate to vessel axis ‫ﻇﺮف‬
Maximum ±3 mm. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
v) Height of fixed weir above tray ‫ت( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
support ring ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
Maximum ±3 mm. .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
w) Distance from downcomer ‫ث( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
bottom to tray support ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
Maximum ±3 mm. .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

47
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزل‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬

‫‪ 3-8-8‬را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 3-8-8‬را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر از ﺧﺎرج و داﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇﺮف‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇـﺮف‪،‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي راﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻇﺮف‬

‫‪Fig. 1- a- ALPHABETIC CODE‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-1‬اﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪48‬‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
Fig. 1- b -ALPHABETIC CODE
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ‬-‫ب‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

9. INSPECTION AND TESTING ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-9

9.1 General
9.1.1 The term inspector, as used in this
Standard, refers to the inspector assigned by
the Purchaser.
9.1.2 Manufacturer’s data reports shall be made
available to the inspector at the time of
inspection.
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
‫ واژه ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-1-9
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
.‫اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرس در‬2-1-9
.‫زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

9.1.3 When the code symbol stamping is not ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﻛﺮدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬3-1-9
required to the vessels, the items of inspection ‫ آﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
and testing which are designated to be
performed by the manufacturer in the code are
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬، ‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
considered as the same as the case of the code .‫ﻣﻬﺮزدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
symbol stamping.

9.1.4 An inspection and testing plan shall be ‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮح‬4-1-9
prepared in accordance with the test .‫ آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪه‬
descriptions described in this standard.

The fabricator shall notify the Purchaser
representative at least 10 working days prior to
the start of fabrication and to the scheduled
time of each test to be conducted.
‫ روز ﻛﺎري ﻗﺒﻞ‬10 ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪار را ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎزد‬،‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬

49
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
9.1.5 The responsibility for inspection of the
vessel in accordance with the ASME code rests
with the fabricator. The Purchaser
representative will inspect the vessels at any
time during fabrication to ensure that the vessel
materials and workmanship are in accordance
with this standard and the ASME code.
9.1.6 All reinforcing pads or each segment
thereof shall be air tested to 345 kPa (50 psig)
prior to postweld heat treating and/or
hydrostatic testing. All welds shall be inspected
inside and outside during the test. Test holes
shall be open during the hydrostatic test and
plugged with a nonhardening sealant or heavy
grease after the hydrostatic test.
9.1.7 All covers, gaskets, bolting, apparatus
and tools for inspection and testing shall be
prepared by the manufacturer.
9.2 Material Inspection
9.2.1 The material inspection shall be
conducted to confirm the material certificates
or mill test reports of pressure retaining parts.
9.2.2 Where hydrogen or wet H2S service is
specified, all plate materials to be used for
pressure retaining portion shall be subjected to
an ultrasonic examination. The method and
acceptance criteria of ultrasonic examination
for the plates material to be used for the vessels
shall be in accordance with ASTM Standard
Specification A 578, acceptance "level 1".
9.2.3 Heat treated materials
Specimens for testing shall be prepared from
actual vessel material which has been subjected
to an equivalent total thermal treatment as the
vessel material in the final fabricated condition.
9.3 Welding Inspection
9.3.1 Radiographic examination
9.3.1.1 Radiography shall be applied according
to ASME code Section VIII, Division 1,
Paragraph UW-51, or Division 2, Article L-5 .
9.3.1.2 The radiographic examination shall be
carried out before postweld heat treatment,
except when the code specifies that
50
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5-1-9
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻇﺮوف‬.‫ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME
‫را در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ در ﻃﻮل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻇﺮف و ﻛﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-1-9
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬50)‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬345 ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش و ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮشﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج در ﻃﻮل‬.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻮر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و‬، ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري‬،‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ‬7-1-9
‫اﺑﺰارآﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬2-9
-‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬1-2-9
‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻮرد ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬2-2-9
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ورق ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻗﺮار‬
‫ روش و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺮاي‬.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺟﻨﺲ ورقﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،"‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش "ﺳﻄﺢ اول‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬A 578, ASTM
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه‬3-2-9
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻇﺮف در‬
.‫ آﻣﺎده ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش‬3-9
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬1-3-9
،UW-51 ‫ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬1-1-3-9
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،L-5 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬،VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ASME
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬2-1-3-9
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
examination is to be performed after heat
treatment.
9.3.1.3 Skirt butt welds shall be inspected as
follows:
a) Finished weld shall be inspected by spot
radiography.
b) At least one radiograph shall be made for
every two girth seams, and one for every
two vertical seams, at locations selected by
the inspector. At least two radiographs shall
be taken of each welder’s work.
c) In lieu of spot radiography, magnetic
particle examination shall be used on any
back gouged area prior to rewelding and on
the OD and ID cover pass.
9.3.1.4 Radiographs shall have a density
between 2.0 and 3.0 high definition, high
contrast film shall be used. Fluorescent
intensifying screen shall not be used.
9.3.1.5 If a weld is to be subjected to forming
operations, as might occur in a welded head,
radiographic examination shall be performed
after forming.
9.3.1.6 According to ASME Code if the
radiographs show unacceptable defects, the
defective welding shall be cut out and
rewelded.
9.3.2 Ultrasonic examination
Where ulterasonic examination is specified, it
shall be carried out before postweld heat
treatment where this is to be conducted, except
when the code specifies that the examination is
performed after heat treatment. The portion of
the examination may be specified by the
inspector at the shop.
9.3.3 Magnetic particle examination (MT)
and liquid penetrant examination (PT)
9.3.3.1 Magnetic particle examination and
acceptance criteria shall be per ASME code
Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 6. The D-C
prod method shall be used prior to final
postweld heat treatment, and the A.C. Yoke or
51
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
.‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬3-1-3-9
:‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﻮش ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ب ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮدو درز ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫و ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮدو درز ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬،‫ﺑﺎزرس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره‬،‫ج( ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﺠﺪد و روي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎس )ردﻳﻒ( ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داﻧﺴﻴﺘﻪ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ‬4-1-3-9
‫ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺧﺘﻼف ﺷﺪت ﻓﺮوزﻧﺪﮔﻰ‬.‫دو و ﺳﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺟﻮش در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬5-1-3-9
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ‬
.‫از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎرﻫﺎ‬ASME ‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬6-1-3-9
‫ ﺟﻮش ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮش داده ﺷﺪه و دوﺑﺎره ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬2-3-9
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮده ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬MT)‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬3-3-9
(PT)‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-3-3-9
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬، ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ اول‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬D-C ‫ روش اﻟﻘﺎي‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ASME ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و روش دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
coil method after final postweld heat treatment.
9.3.3.2 Magnetic particle examination of welds
shall include a bond of base metal at least 25
mm wide on each side of the welds.
9.3.3.3 Liquid penetrant examination of welds
shall include a bond of base metal at least 25
mm wide on each side of the weld.
9.3.3.4 Fillet welds on intermediate heads shall
be given a magnetic particle or liquid penetrant
examination after hydrostatic testing.
9.3.3.5 Except for austenitic stainless steel and
nickel steels, material having either:
a) A minimum specified tensile strength of
550 MPa (80,000 psi) or greater, or
b) A total nominal alloy content greater
than 4%:
Shall have all attachment welds and all
areas fitup bars etc. Were temporarily
attached examined by magnetic
particle techniques before final PWHT
and after hydrostatic testing.
9.3.4 Hardness test
9.3.4.1 For wet H2S, caustic or amine service,
the hardness of weld seams including heat
affected zones of the joint categories A, B, C
and D [only for butt joints where the
connection is DN 50 mm (NPS 2) or larger] per
ASME Code shall be tested.
9.3.4.2 The hardness test shall be made against
the weldments of each welding procedure per
vessel.
9.3.4.3 The hardness test locations shall be
designated by the inspector.
9.3.4.4 The location to be hardness tested shall
be flushed smoothly.
9.3.4.5 Hardness of hot formed sections, base
metal, weld metal and the related heat affected
zone (HAZ) of all welds shall not exceed the
52
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬A.C. ‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻳﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬2-3-3-9
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي ﻫﺮ‬25 ‫ﻧﻮاري از ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻃﺮف از ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮاري‬3-3-3-9
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف از‬25 ‫از ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻪ روي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4-3-3-9
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻳﺎ ذره‬، ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ و‬5-3-3-9
:‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ داراي‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻜﻠﻲ‬
550 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬80000) ‫ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ‬4 ‫ب ( ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﻲ آﻟﻴﺎژ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﻀﻢ و ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎي ﺳﻮارﺳﺎزي‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬P.W.H.T.
.‫روﺷﻬﺎي ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬4-3-9
‫ ﺳﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬1-4-3-9
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻳﺎ آﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ )ﺗﻨﻬﺎ‬D ‫ و‬C ،B ،A ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﻮاع‬
50 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل داراي ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2 NPS)‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬ASME
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-4-3-9
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﻮش ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
.‫در ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬3-4-3-9
.‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي آن آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم‬4-4-3-9
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ‬،‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﮔﺮم ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه‬5-4-3-9
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش و ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

limits given below:
MATERIAL P-NUMBER
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬P ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
P-1
P-3, P-4
P-5, P-6, P-7
P-10
9.4 Inspection and Testing Records
The manufacturer’s inspection and testing
records shall be prepared in accordance with
Table 4 and the following data shall be
submitted in the forms as given in the
Appendices of this Standard.
a) Dimensional inspection records
(Consisting of two (2) sheets)-
Appendix "D".
b) Radiographic examination record-
Appendix "E".
c) Ultrasonic examination
Appendix "F".
d) Magnetic particle examination record-
Appendix"G".
e) Liquid penetrant examination record-
Appendix "H".
9.5 Scope of Inspection and Testing
In general, the items of inspection and testing
and/or verification of the records at the
manufacturer’s shop shall be as shown in Table
4.
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﺪوده زﻳﺮ‬HAZ)
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
BRINELL HARDNESS
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻨﻞ‬
225
225
235
225
‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-9
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬4
.‫ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎدي )ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ از دو‬
.(‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ( ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د‬
.(‫ب ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ‬
record- .(‫ج ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎوراء ﺻﻮﺗﻲ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و‬
.(‫د ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز‬
.(‫ﻫ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ح‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-9
‫ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬4 ‫در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه‬
53
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

TABLE 4 - SCOPE OF INSPECTION AND TESTING

‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬

DIVISION OF WORK
INSPECTION AND TESTING ITEMS REMARKS
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
C MFR
1. Welding Qualification
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬-1 R S
1.1 Confirmation of procedure qualification record
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﻨﺪ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬1-1
1.2 Welding procedure qualification test R Tr & S Before fabrication
‫ آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-1 ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
1.3 Welding performance qualification test R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش‬3-1
1.4 Confirmation of qualified welder's list R S
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎر ﻣﺎﻫﺮ‬4-1
2. Material Inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬-2
2.1 Verification of material mill test certificate report R Tr & S
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺰارش ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻮرد ﻣﻮاد‬1-2
2.2 Non-Destructive examination R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬2-2
3. Component Inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺟﺰاء‬-3
3.1 Inspection of jig plate and anchor bolts W
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ورق راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻣﻬﺎر‬1-3
3.2 Inspection of expansion joint R
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬2-3
3.3 Inspection of formed head and cone R Tr & S
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬3-3
4. Inspection Of Welding Edge Preparation
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮش‬-4
R Tr & S Back gouged portion of
4.1 Magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination double groove joint
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬1-4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫دوﺷﻴﺎره‬
4.2 Fit-Up inspection R Tr
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر ﻛﺮدن‬2-4
5. Welding Inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬-5
5.1 Visual inspection for weldment W T
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﻬﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺧﻮرده‬1-5
5.2 Radiographic examination W/R Tr & S Verifying the film
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬2-5 ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

54
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

DIVISION OF WORK
INSPECTION AND TESTING ITEMS REMARKS
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
C MFR
5.3 Magnetic particle examination W/R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬3-5
5.4 Liquid penetrant examination W/R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬4-5
5.5 Ultrasonic examination W/R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮا ﺻﻮت‬5-5
5.6 Hardness test W/R Tr & S
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬6-5
5.7 Confirmation of heat treatment R Tr & S
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬7-5
6. Inspection For Completed Vessel
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه‬-6
6.1 Overall dimensional inspection W/R Tr & S As built
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻛﻠﻲ‬1-6 Sketch or material locations
and heat number of material
6.2 Inspection of completed surface W T
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ و‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه‬2-6
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ذوب ﻣﻮاد‬
6.3 Inspection of internal parts and tray assembly W Tr
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬3-6
6.4 Confirmation of material identification marks on vessel R Tr & S
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد روي ﻇﺮف‬4-6
6.5 Pressure test W Tr & S List of accessories or a copy
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر‬5-6 of accessories packing list

6.6 Leak test for opening reinforcing pad R Tr & S

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ روﻧﻮﺷﺖ از‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺮا‬6-6 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

7. Confirmation Of Accessories R Tr & S

‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-7

Abbreviations: :‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬

MFR :The manufacturer ‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬:MFR

R :Verify by reviewing the /‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات آزﻣﻮن‬:R

manufacturer’s inspection/test ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
record

W : Witness inspection/testing ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻀﻮري‬/‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬:W

Tr :Manufacturer’s own ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻨﺪي‬/‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬:Tr

inspection/testing with the .‫ﻛﻪ آﻣﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
record to be prepared

T :Manufacturer’s own ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬/‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬:T

inspection/testing

55
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
S :Submission of manufacturer’s
inspection/testing record
P : Purchaser
9.6 Hydrostatic Testing
9.6.1 After fabrication of the vessel is
completed and the vessel stress relieved, a
hydrostatic test shall be conducted as per
ASME Code.
9.6.2 All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the
presence of an authorized ASME Code
inspector or at the discretion of purchaser, the
Purchaser representation. Vessels shall not
have been previously tested by the fabricator.
9.6.3 Horizontal vessels shall be supported on
the saddle supports during hydrostatic testing.
9.6.4 The minimum test water temperature and
metal temperature shall be 10°C. If the design
temperature is below 10°C, the minimum water
temperature may be equal to the design
temperature.
9.6.5 After the final hydrostatic test, vessel
shall be drained and dried completely.
9.6.6 Vessel with solid or lined austenitic
stainless components shall have test water with
a chloride content not exceeding 150 ppm.
9.6.7 The test pressure shall be held not less
than 30 minutes.
9.6.8 Pneumatic test for vessels partially or
completely filled with air may be performed
with prior approval.
9.6.9 No abnormal deformation or leak of test
medium shall be acceptable.
10. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
10.1 Cleaning and Blanking
Vessel shall be free of loose scale, dirt and
foreign material. Liquid used for testing or
cleaning shall be completely drained. Vessel
openings shall be blanked.
High alloy vessels shall be blown dry with air,
and all nozzle, manhole, vent and connection
openings shall be blanked, plugged or capped
56
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬/‫ اراﺋﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬:S
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬:P
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬6-9
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ و ﻇﺮف‬1-6-9
‫ آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬ASME
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻀﻮر ﺑﺎزرس‬2-6-9
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ASME ‫ﻣﺠﺎز آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬3-6-9
.‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
10 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي آب آزﻣﻮن و دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4-6-9
‫ درﺟﻪ‬10 ‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ‬.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي آب ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬5-6-9
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاي ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن‬6-6-9
‫اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آب‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬150 ppm ‫آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ‬30 ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬7-6-9
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﻮا ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ‬8-6-9
.‫ﻫﻮا ﭘﺮﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺳﻴﺎل‬9-6-9
.‫واﺳﻂ آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬-10
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و ﻛﻮر ﻛﺮدن‬1-10
‫ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ و ﻣﺎده‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻮر ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا و دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ آدمروﻫﺎ‬،‫و ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
to prevent the entry of moisture.
10.2 Machined or threaded exterior surfaces of
carbon steel, and ferrous alloys with a nominal
chemistry of 12 Cr and below, shall be
protected from corrosion during shipment and
subsequent storage by coating with a rust
preventive of a type :
1) To provide protection during outdoor
storage for a period of twelve months
exposed to a normal industrial environment,
and
2) To be removable with mineral spirits or
any standard solvent.
10.3 Protection from Salt Water
Austenitic stainless steels used in vessels shall
not be exposed to wetting by salt water or salt
spray. Protective coating or coverings used to
prevent such exposure shall be approved by the
Purchaser.
10.4 Temporary supports in contact with high
alloy vessels, for shipping and storage, shall
not be of a moisture retaining material such as
raw wood.
10.5 Paint and Protection
10.5.1 Painting requirements shall be as
specified in the purchase order or in
accordance with IPS-E-TP-100.
The entire vessel (including inside of the skirt,
outside of the bottom head, entire base ring,
and all skirt attachments) shall be primed
and/or painted. Nozzles shall be painted on the
flange edges, inside bolt holes, and up to the
gasket surface. Prior to shipping, vessel shall
be internally purged with pressurized inert gas.
10.5.2 Exposed edges of shells shipped in 2 or
more pieces shall be protected by welding ring
angles extending beyond the edges.
10.5.3 Each loose piece or assembly shall be
properly protected to prevent damage during
normal shipping and handling.
57
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮر‬
.‫از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ‬2-10
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪدار ﺷﺪه و آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي آﻫﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل‬12Cr ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﺑﻌﺪي‬
:‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ از زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ‬
‫( ﻳﻚ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ دوازده ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﺑﺮاي ذﺧﻴﺮهﺳﺎزي در‬1
‫ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ‬2
.‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻼل اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آب ﻧﻤﻚ‬3-10
‫ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض رﻃﻮﺑﺖ آب ﻧﻤﻚ ﻳﺎ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺸﻬﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ‬4-10
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮادي‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ را ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪارﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻮب ﺧﺎم ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ و ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬5-10
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت رﻧﮓ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ در‬1-5-10
IPS-E-TP-100 ‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻇﺮف )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﺳﺘﺮزﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي‬،‫ در ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬.‫ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻇﺮف‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ‬.‫ﭘﻴﭻ داﺧﻞ و ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻲ رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر از داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬2 ‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي آزاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬2-5-10
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬،‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ از ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ آزاد ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮز‬3-5-10
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ در ﻃﻮل ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
10.6 Marking
10.6.1 All parts shall be marked for
identification and preparation for shipment.
10.6.2 Each removable piece of equipment that
will be shipped separately from the vessel shall
be identified with a metal tag. The tag shall be
securely wired to each item with stainless steel
wire.
The identification tag shall be metal die
stamped with the item number, platform
number, piece number, and total number of
pieces. The identification tag shall include the
vessel tag number to which each piece
corresponds.
11. GUARANTEE
11.1 The Vendor shall guarantee the vessel
against defective of material workmanship and
improper mechanical and process design for
one year after being placed in service or 18
months after date of shipment (see Appendix
N) .
11.2 The Vendor, without charge, shall repair
or replace any parts having defects or improper
workmanship within the guarantee period.
12. Quality Assurance
12.1 The manufacturer will be expected to
operate a quality system to satisfy the
requirements of this standard. It should be in
accordance with the relevant part of ISO 9001.
12.2 Positive Materials Identification/Alloy
verification, when required by Purchaser, shall
be specified separately.
58
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري‬6-10
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰا ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺣﻤﻞ‬1-6-10
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﻧﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺟﺪا از‬2-6-10
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼك ﻓﻠﺰي‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﺣﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻼك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬، ‫ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻮده و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت روي آن ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺳﻜﻮ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.
‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬-11
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮف را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬1-11
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮاد و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ‬18 ‫ﻣﺪت ﻳﻜﺴﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ‬
‫از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ن( را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه‬
.(‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر راﻳﮕﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺮ‬2-11
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ را‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﻛﻪ داراي ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻮده‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬،‫در ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎن ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬-12
‫ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ را ﺑﻪ‬1-12
.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺮآورده ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 9001
،‫ اﺳﻨﺎد ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﻮاد‬2-12
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬،‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
PART II
TRAYS AND TOWER INTERNALS
1. SCOPE
1.1 This Standard covers the minimum
requirements for design, materials, fabrication,
inspection, testing, and preparation for
shipment of trays and other internals of vessel,
together with tower internals specification
sheet and some Standard drawings.
1.2 Internals for fixed or fluid bed reactors are
not covered in this Part of the Standard.
1.3 This Standard specification supplements
the basic requirements given in Part I of this
Standard "Material and Engineering Standard
for Towers and Pressure Vessels".
2. MATERIALS
2.1 Materials of construction shall be as
specified on data sheet, or purchase order.
Vendors proposals to use materials, or
thicknesses alternative to those specified shall
be submitted to purchaser for approval.
2.2 Where tray material is specified to be
stainless steel, tray plate and valve parts shall
be of the same material.
2.3 Free machining grades of steel are not
permitted, except that Type 416 nuts furnished
to ASTM A 194 Gr 6F with Selenium are
acceptable for use with ASTM A 193 B6 bolts.
2.4 Acceptable grades and specifications for a
number of standard internal materials are as
follows:
2.4.1 Ferritic stainless steel assemblies
2.4.1.1 The sheet and plate materials shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 240 Type 410S or
405 stainless steel with No. 1 finish quality or
equivalent.
2.4.1.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and
other parts welded to the vessel wall shall be
carbon steel in accordance with ASTM A 283-
59
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
II ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-1
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و‬،‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺟﺰاي‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج و ﺗﻌﺪادي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را در ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل‬2-1
.‫در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داده ﺷﺪه در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-1
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اول اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-2
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش‬1-2
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬2-2
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺟﺰاي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﻤﺎن ﺟﻨﺲ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ردهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺎن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬3-2
‫ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬416 ‫ اﻣــﺎ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫــﺎي ﻧﻮع‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻨﻴﻮم ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬ASTM A 194 Gr 6F
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ASTM A 193 B6 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ردهﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻣﻮاد‬4-2
:‫اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
-‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ‬1-4-2
‫ﻧﺰن ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-1-4-2
‫ ﻳﺎ‬410S ‫ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬ASTM A 240
.‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬405
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬2-1-4-2
‫اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
C or equivalent, unless where alloy steel
material is specified and/or shall have the
design temperature of 343°C (650°F) and
higher in which case, they shall be of the same
material as the vessel wall.
2.4.1.3 The bolts material shall be type 410
stainless steel which conforms to ASTM A 193
Gr. B6 and the nuts shall be ASTM A 194 Gr.
6 or equivalent.
2.4.2 Monel assemblies
2.4.2.1 All sheet and plates material shall be
hot rolled annealed and pickled weldable
Monel in accordance with ASTM B-127.
2.4.2.2 Support rings and downcomer bars and
other parts welded to the vessel shall be in
accordance with 2.4.2.1.
2.4.2.3 All bolting material shall be Monel.
2.4.3 Austenitic stainless steel assemblies
2.4.3.1 The sheet and plate materials shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 240 Type 304
stainless steel with No. 1 finish or equivalent.
2.4.3.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and
other parts welded to the vessel wall shall be
carbon steel, in accordance with ASTM A 283-
C or equivalent, unless where alloy steel
material is specified and/or design temperature
is 343°C (650°F) or higher. In case of the
above, they shall be of the same material as the
vessel wall.
2.4.3.3 The bolting material shall be type 304
stainless steel which conforms to ASTM A 193
Gr. B8 and nuts shall be A 194 Gr. 8.
2.4.4 Carbon steel assemblies
2.4.4.1 The plate and bar materials shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 283-C or equivalent.
The sheet and strip material shall be
commercial grade carbon steel, except for
vessel design temperatures 343°C (650°F) or
higher.
2.4.4.2 For vessel design temperatures 343°C
(650°F) or higher, the plate and bar materials
60
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺶ‬ASTM A 283-C ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و‬650) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬343 ‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
410 ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬3-1-4-2
‫ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬ASTM A 193 Gr. B6 ‫ﻛﻪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬ASTM A 194 Gr. 6 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻧﻠﻲ‬2-4-2
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﺎت و ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮﻧﻞ‬1-2-4-2
‫ ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و اﺳﻴﺪﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺟﻮشﺧﻮر ﻧﻮردﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ASTM B-127 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ 2-2-4-2
‫رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1-2-4-2
.‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-2-4-2
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ‬3-4-2
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-3-4-2
‫ ﺑﺎ‬304 ‫ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬ASTM A 240
.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬، ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬ 2-3-4-2
‫رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
ASTM A ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬283-C
‫ درﺟﻪ‬343 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬650) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
.‫از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن از ﻧﻮع‬3-3-4-2
‫ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ‬ASTM A 193 Gr. B8 ‫ ﻛﻪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬304
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬A 194 Gr. 8 ‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬4-4-2
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-4-2
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ و‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ASTM A 283-C
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رده ﺗﺠﺎري ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬650) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬343 ‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬343 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-4-4-2
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد و‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬650) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
shall be of the same material as the vessel wall.
2.4.4.3 The bolting material shall be same as in
Paragraph 2.4.1.3.
2.5 Gaskets
2.5.1 Due to the health hazards concerned with
the asbestos materials, therefore all gaskets
shall be asbestos free.
2.5.2 External gaskets
Manholes, handholes and blanked-off nozzles
shall have gaskets conforming to the piping
specification for lines connecting to nozzles in
the same zone of the vessel, unless otherwise
specified.
2.5.3 Internal gaskets
Solid metal gasket shall be fully annealed and
one piece construction. Unless otherwise
eveled d non-metallic gaskets shall be one
piece construction.
2.6 Washers
All bolting shall be provided with washer
having the same quality as that of the bolts and
nuts.
3. DESIGN
3.1 General
3.1.1 All internal assemblies shall be designed
to take into consideration the corrosion
problems (including galvanic and S.C.C.) and
the differential strain.
3.1.2 Trays for vessels less than 800 mm in
diameter shall be of the cartridge type.
3.1.3 Design of trays must ensure that the
setting can not be loosened by vibration.
3.2 Loads and Stresses
3.2.1 Design loads
Trays, pans, draw-off boxes, or similar
internals, shall be designed using a corroded
thickness of 1.5 mm to support their own
weight plus the following live loads at design
temperatures:
61
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
3-1-4-2 ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬3-4-4-2
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬5-2
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﻄﺮات ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد آزﺑﺴﺘﻲ‬1-5-2
.‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آزﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،( ‫) ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬2-5-2
‫ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي دﺳﺖ رو و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮرﺷﺪه‬،‫درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي آدمرو‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي واﺷﺮ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-5-2
‫واﺷﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬، ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬6-2
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي واﺷﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ‬
.‫و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-3
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-1-3
‫ﻧﺤﻮي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻚ و ﺗﻨﺸﻲ( و ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻰ را‬
.‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬800 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬2-1-3
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬3-1-3
.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ در اﺛﺮ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺷﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎ‬2-3
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-2-3
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰاي‬،‫ ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬
1/5 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ زﻧﮓ زدن‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ وزن ﺧﻮد ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي زﻧﺪه‬
:‫زﻳﺮ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
a) Fractionating trays
Design live load shall be the greater of
98 kg/m² or the weight of water 50 mm
over the highest weir setting. At
normal operating tray loadings, the
deviation from the horizontal shall not
exceed 1/900 of the tower diameter.
b) Areas under downcomers
Design live load shall be the greater of
314 kg/m² or a head of water one half
of the height of the downcomer.
3.2.2 For maintenance purposes, all assemblies
shall be designed for a concentrated load of
135 kg at any point and at ambient
temperature.
3.2.3 Allowable stress
The allowable stresses of all structural
materials shall be as given in ASME Code
Section VIII "Pressure Vessel", Division 1.
In the case of stress corrosion cracking, the
allowable stress shall be reduced to ½ of the
allowable stress in the ASME code.
3.3 Tray Support
3.3.1 General
Where support beams or other materials are
bolted to the column wall, slotted holes shall be
provided. The location of these holes shall be
determined by the tray manufacturer. Trays
shall be fastened to support rings and beams in
such a way that they can be easily mounted and
dismounted.
3.3.2 Rings
Stacked trays shall be installed in columns with
a nominal diameter of up to 800 mm.
For columns with a nominal diameter of 800
mm and larger, tray support rings shall be
welded to the column wall. For tray support
rings, reference is made to Appendix N of this
Standard.
3.4 Corrosion Allowance
3.4.1 The corrosion allowance for all surface of
floors, beams trusses or other support members
62
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬98 ‫ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل وزن آب ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
1
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج‬ ‫اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
900
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب( ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬314 ‫ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل ارﺗﻔﺎع آب ﻛﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
.‫رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ‬2-2-3
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم در ﻫﺮ‬135 ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ و در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز‬3-2-3
‫ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ "ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬، VIII ‫اول ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر" ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
1
‫ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻨﺶ‬
2
.‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داد‬ASME ‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز در آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬3-3
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-3
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار‬
.‫ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺘﻮن ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﻦ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ آن را ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آورد‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ‬2-3-3
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺎﺷﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺘﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬800 ‫از‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬800 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺘﻮنﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﺳﺘﻮن ﺟﻮش‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻮرد‬، ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬.‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ن( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬4-3
‫ ﺧﺮﭘﺎﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻃﺒﻘﺎت‬1-4-3
‫ﺗﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

of carbon steel assemblies shall be one-fourth
(¼) of the specified corrosion allowance of the
vessel wall.
3.4.2 For support rings, etc., directly welded to
the vessel wall, one-half (½) of the corrosion
allowance of the vessel wall shall be provided
on both sides.
3.5 Thickness of Tray
3.5.1 Minimum thickness of stainless steel
trays shall be as follows:
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬1 ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
4
.‫دﻳﻮار ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاردي‬2-4-3
‫ ﻧﺼﻒ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي دو ﻃﺮف آن ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬5-3
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-5-3
:‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Tray floors ‫ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ : 1.5 mm ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/5

Caps ‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎ‬ : 1.5 mm ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/5
Support rings ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬ : 6 mm for alloy steel ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي‬6
Downcomer bars ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ‬ : 6 mm for alloy steel ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي‬6
Parts welded to vessel ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف‬ : 6 mm for carbon steel‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬6
All other tray parts ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ : 2.0 mm ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2

3.5.2 Minimum thickness of carbon steel trays ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-5-3
shall be as follows: :‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Tray floor ‫ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ : 1.5 mm

Long caps ‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ : 2.0 mm
Round caps ‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﮔﺮد‬ : 3.6 mm
Support rings ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬ : 9.0 mm
Downcomer bars ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ‬ : 9.0 mm
Parts welded to vessel ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف‬ : 9.0 mm
Floor plates for sieve and dual flow trays : 2.0 mm
‫ورقﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ و دوﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
Beams ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬ : 2.0 mm
All other tray parts ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ : 3.6 mm

3.6 Bolts and Nuts ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ‬6-3

3
3.6.1 The minimum size of bolting shall be 9 ‫اﻳﻨﭻ( در‬ ) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬9 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-6-3
mm (3/8 in.) in diameter. 8
.‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

3.6.2 Thread of bolts and nuts shall conform to ASME ‫ رزوه ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-6-3
ASME B 1.1 and thread series employed shall ‫ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺮده و ﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎي دﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬B 1.1
be UNC for all sizes.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬UNC ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ‬

63
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
3.6.3 Nuts shall conform to ASME B 18.2.2
"Heavy Hex Nut"; however, "Heavy Hex Jam
Nut" shall be employed as specified.
3.6.4 Thread tolerance class of bolts and nuts
shall conform to ASME Standard Class 1 A
and 1 B.
3.7 Tray Manways and Access
3.7.1 Access through trays shall be provided as
follows:
a) All trays of 1050 mm in diameter and
larger shall be equipped with manways.
b) All trays smaller than 1050 mm in
diameter shall be either split or equipped
with manways.
c) Trays having 2 or more liquid passes
shall contain manways on each pass.
3.7.2 Tray manways shall be as follow:
a) Tray manways shall provide a minimum
rectangular opening of 380 × 460 mm .If
necessary, a 330 × 560 mm rectangular
opening can be used.
b) If opening under or through major
support beams is less than those in sub
paragraph a, tray manways shall be installed
on both sides of the beam.
c) Tray manways shall not form a part of
the downcomer seal area.
d) Tray manways shall be vertically
aligned, unless otherwise specified.
e) Tray manways (or tray sections used in
lieu of manways in towers of 1050 mm in
diameter or smaller) shall be removable
from both above and below the tray.
4. FABRICATION
4.1 General
4.1.1 All parts of tray shall be fabricated in
accordance with good shop practice and in
uniformity so that all corresponding parts will
64
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
ASME B 18.2.2 ‫ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-6-3
‫"ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺶ وﺟﻬﻲ" ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ اﻣﺎ " ﻣﻬﺮه‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺶ وﺟﻬﻲ ﻓﺸﺮده" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻼس رواداري دﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬4-6-3
.‫ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ASME ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1B ‫ و‬1A ‫ﻛﻼس‬
‫ آدمروﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬7-3
‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬1-7-3
:‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬1050 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آدمرو ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1050 ‫ب( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آدمرو ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي دوﮔﺬر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬر آدمرو داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
:‫ آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-7-3
‫اﻟﻒ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬380×460
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬330×560 ‫دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ب ( اﮔﺮ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺎن ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ آدمروﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﻃﺮف ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ج ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻓﻀﺎي ﻧﺸﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫د ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ردﻳﻒ‬
. ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫـ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬
1050 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي آدمروﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻢ از ﺑﺎﻻ و‬
.‫ﻫﻢ از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-4
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﻮب‬1-1-4
‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي آن‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
be interchangeable.
4.1.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and beam
support brackets in the vessel shall be seal-
welded on the top or one side and intermittent
welded with 25 mm welds at 150 mm centers
on the other side when made of carbon steel, or
seal welded both sides when made of alloy.
Brackets shall be continuously welded all
around.
4.2 Tolerances
4.2.1 Tolerances of vessel tray for fabrication
and assembly shall be as shown in Appendix J.
4.2.2 The tray supports welded to inside of
vessel shell, shall maintain the tolerances
specified by tray fabricator.
4.3 Gaskets and Packing
4.3.1 Downcomers
Gaskets and packing may be used to install
downcomers on all tray types, but shall not be
used in areas under downcomers, except for
towers of 900 mm in diameter or smaller.
Overlapping joints for downcomers and all
openinings for support beams passing through
downcomers shall be sealed so that no vapor
bypassing will occur.
4.3.2 Jet, sieve, or valve trays
Gaskets and packing shall not be used between
tray decks and support rings or beams when
installing jet, sieve, or valve trays.
4.4 Surface Finishing
The surfaces and edges shall be finished as
follows:
a) Surfaces of fabricated parts shall be
smooth and free of dents, hammer marks,
kinks, or other defects, particularly in
locations which might prevent close metal-
to-metal fit.
b) Edges of all surfaces shall be free of
burrs.
c) Edges of tray accessways shall be
65
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ و‬، ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬2-1-4
‫ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺗﻴﺮ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
25 ‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد‬150 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ از دوﻃﺮف ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺟﻮش داده‬،‫ ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ رواداريﻫﺎ‬2-4
‫ رواداريﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺳﺮﻫﻢ‬1-2-4
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ي( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ‬2-2-4
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رواداري ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬3-4
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ‬1-3-4
‫ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ روي‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
900 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻫﻢﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ و ﺗﻤﺎم دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﻋﺒﻮري از ﻣﻴﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮار ﺑﺨﺎري اﺗﻔﺎق ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ‬
‫ ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺖ‬2-3-4
‫ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و‬
‫ در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار‬
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬4-4
:‫ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﻮح ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺎب و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶﻛﺎري‬
‫وﻳﮋه در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ را ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ب ( ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
beveled or rounded for safety.
4.5 Welding
4.5.1 All welding shall be done by metal-arc
process. Gas or carbon-arc welding shall not be
permitted.
4.5.2 Welds shall be smooth and free from slag
and spatter.
4.5.3 Welding electrodes of a composition
similar to tray material shall be used, except
that austenitic electrodes of higher chromium
and nickel (E-309 or E-310) may be used for
13 Cr. And 18/8 stainless steel.
4.5.4 Where wet H2S service is specified. Weld
hardness verification is required for internals
joined, or attached, by welding. Hardness of
the base metal, the weld metal and the related
Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) of all welds shall
not exceed the limits given below:
These tests shall be made with a vicker Testing
Machine. A portable hardness tester may be
used.
MATERIAL
P-NUMBER
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ‬P‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
P-1 1)
P-3, P-4
P-5, P-6, P-7
P-10
Note:
1) Base metal hardness tests are not required on
P-1 material.
The vessel fabricator shall check the weld
hardness of the initial production weld for each
welding process, filler metal, and technique
used. If the clearances are such that it is not
possible to check the production weld, a make-
up with identical conditions shall be used.
66
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﺦزده ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬5-4
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎريﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﻮس ﻓﻠﺰي‬1-5-4
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮس ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎزي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺪازه و ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬2-5-4
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ‬3-5-4
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬E-309 or E-310) ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ و ﻛﺮوم ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬13 Cr ‫ و‬18/8 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬4-5-4
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي‬،‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش و ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ وﻳﻜﺮز اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
VICKERS HARDNESS
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ وﻳﻜﺮز‬
237
237
247
237
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬P-1 ‫( آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ روي ﺟﻨﺲ‬1
.‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه و روش اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ روش ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدل‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

4.6 Marking ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬاري‬6-4

4.6.1 All internals shall be clearly marked with
corresponding markings provided on assembly
drawings to permit rapid assembly.
4.6.2 All parts shall be marked with the part
number shown on the drawings. Painting is an
acceptable method of marking.
4.6.3 The purchase order number and vessel
number shall be prominently marked on the
side of the shipping containers as shipped.
4.6.4 All similar pieces shall have the same
marking.
4.6.5 Non-leaded paint shall be used for
marking.
5. INSPECTION AND TESTING
5.1 Tray Fit-Up
One tray of each size and type with its
accessories shall be assembled in shop to the
extent necessary to check fit-up.
5.2 Leakage Tests
All draw-off pans shall be tested for leakage
after installation in the erected vessel. Tests
shall be made with drain holes plugged. Water
levels shall be at overflow weir height or
chimney height, as applicable, leakage, as
permitted, shall be uniformly distributed across
the area’s under test. Leakage rates shall not
exceed the following:
-‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬1-6-4
‫ﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮﻳﻊ را‬،‫ﺳﺮﻫﻢﻛﻨﻲ‬
.‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬2-6-4
‫ رﻧﮓ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ روش‬.‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬3-6-4
- ‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪاي روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ‬4-6-4
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ ﺑﺪون ﺳﺮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬاري ﻣﻮرد‬5-6-4
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-5
‫ ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬1-5
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲاش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮان‬
.‫ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬2-5
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻇﺮف‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع دودﻛﺶ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺪام ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد دارد‬
.‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺮخ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬

LEAKAGE SERVICE LEAKAGE RATE m³/h

CLASS ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬ PER SQ. METER OF
‫رده ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬ AREA UNDER TEST
‫ﻧﺮخ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن‬
1 All towers except those covered below in classes 2 or 3 0.13
.‫ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬3 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬2 ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻼس‬
2 Vacuum towers, except as in class 3 0.06
3‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻼء ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻛﻼس‬
3 Pans immediately above a packed fractionation zone 0.02
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺪون واﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه‬

67
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
5.2.1 Leakage tests shall not be performed on
jet, sieve, valve, cartridge or pedestal trays.
5.2.2 Leakage tests and washing of austenitic
stainless steel components shall be conducted
with water having less than 150 ppm (150
mg/L) chloride ion content. Potable water will
meet this requirement. Components shall be
dried immediately after testing, by blowing
with air.
6. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
6.1 General
6.1.1 All parts are to be properly packed in
wooden boxes or crates. Carbon steel trays are
normally packed in crates lined with
waterproof paper.
6.1.2 Of the following component parts an
excess percentage of each size and type shall
be furnished to cover loss, waste and
shrinkage.
For valves, bolts, nuts, clamps, wedges,
washers, etc. minimum 10% but not less than 4
pieces For jointing materials(gaskets, packings)
minimum 25%
6.2 Handling and Storage
Tower packing shall be packaged to affect
protection against corrosion or degradation
during shipping and storage at site, as follows:
a) Metal pickings (Generally) shall be
packaged in sealed plastic bags.
b) Plastic pickings shall be packaged in
opaque bags.
6.3 Release for Shipment
No material shall be released for shipment until
it has been approved by the Purchaser’s
inspector.
68
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
،‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺖ‬1-2-5
.‫ ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺪﺳﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮدار‬،‫ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ و ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي اﺟﺰاي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬2-2-5
‫زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻳﻮن ﻛﻠﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ آب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮب اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم در ﻟﻴﺘﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬150 ‫از‬
‫ اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮآورده ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬1-1-6
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد‬.‫ﺻﻨﺪوقﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺻﻨﺪوقﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺪآب‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ از اﺟﺰاء زﻳﺮ درﺻﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪاي از ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮع‬2-1-6
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪر رﻓﺘﻦ و ﻛﻤﺒﻮد را‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﮔﻢ ﺷﺪن‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ واﺷﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬4 ‫ درﺻﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬10 ‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ‬25 ‫ ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه )ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬2-6
‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﺮج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
: ‫زﻳﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﺮﻛﻦﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ب ( ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬3-6
،‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
PART III
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
PRESSURE VESSELS
AND
REACTORS
HAVING WALL THICKNESS OVER 50
mm
1. SCOPE
1.1 This Part of Standard covers additional
requirements for material, design, fabrication
and inspection of pressure vessels and reactors
having a wall thickness over 50 mm.
1.2 This Standard supplements the basic
requirements given in Part I of this standard
"Material and Engineering Standard for Towers
and Pressure Vessels".
1.3 In case of conflict between this
specification and the pertinent drawings, the
latter requirements shall take precedence.
2. MATERIALS
2.1 The steel used for fabrication of heavy wall
pressure vessels shall be made by the basic
oxygen or electric arc furnace and shall be
vacuum degassed.
2.2 When specified and for hydrocracking and
hydrotreating reactors, reactors shell shall be
made from forged cylindrical rings without
having any longitudinal seam.
2.3 The forging material shall be in accordance
with the ASTM standard, A 266 "Forgings
Carbon Steel for Pressure Vessel Components"
and A 336 "Forgings Alloy Steel for Pressure
and High Temperature parts as applicable.
2.4 Temper embrittlement of 1 cr-½ Mo, 1¼
cr-½ Mo, 2¼ cr-1 Mo and 3 cr-1 Mo class low
alloy steels to be operated at temperatures of
350°C and over shall be minimized by
controlling the temper embrittlement factor
(called J-factor) below 100. J-factor is defined
as:
100 ≤J-factor = (Si+Mn) × (P+Sn) × 104
69
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
III ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫و‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد‬، ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-1
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬50 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺎﺳﻲ داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ‬2-1
‫اول اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
.‫و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺎرض ﺑﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬3-1
.‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دوﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺪم داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬-2
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬1-2
‫ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻮره ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﮋن ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮس‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻼء ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺮاي راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي‬2-2
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺪون داﺷﺘﻦ درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣـــﻮاد رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘـــﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-2
‫ " ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاي‬ASTM A 266
‫ "ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي‬A 336 ‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" و‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬،"‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫دارد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ رده ﻫﺎي‬4-2
‫ و‬2¼ cr-1 Mo ، 1¼ cr-½ Mo، 1cr-½ Mo
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬350 ‫ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي‬3 cr-1 Mo
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬100 ‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد( زﻳﺮ‬j ‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ) ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬j ‫ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬،‫ﮔﺮدد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
Where Si, Mn, P and Sn are weight percentage
of silicon, manganese, phosphorous and tin
respectively.
2.5 For weld metal of low alloy steels (1cr-
½Mo, 1¼cr-½Mo, 2¼cr-1Mo and 3cr-1Mo) in
the SAW (Submerged Arc Welding) and
SMAW (Shielded Metal Arc Welding)
processes, the temper embrittlement factor
called X-factor shall be15 ppm maximum. X-
factor is defined as:
15 ppm  X-factor = (10P+5Sb+ 4Sn +As) × 10-2
Where P, Sb, Sn, and As are weight percentage
of phosphorous, Antimony, tin and Arsenic
respectively.
2.6 Pressure vessels may have heads made
from plates conforming to its relative ASME
standard.
Silicon content of head plates and shell
forgings for vessels made of Cr-Mo alloy steels
shall be 0.07% maximum.
2.7 All wrought materials used in, or welded to
pressure parts of the heavy wall pressure
vessels shall have an alloy composition in the
same range as specified for the shell and heads
and shall be in the same heat treated condition.
This includes non-pressure parts such as skirt,
clips, lugs and all internals of non-cladded
vessels. The tensile strength of such parts shall
be in the same range as specified for the shell
and heads.
2.8 When the vessel drawings and data sheet
specify stainless steel cladding, the metallic
internals and all materials welded to cladding
or not welded (including bolting material) shall
be stainless steel of the compositions specified
on the data sheet.
2.9 Mechanical properties of plate and forgings
shall meet the requirements of the specified
material standard. Maximum tensile strength at
room temperature shall be 690 MPa (100,000
psi). If design temperature of the vessel is
greater than 343°C (650°F), tensile test at
design temperature shall be conducted with
70
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ درﺻﺪ وزﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن‬Sn ‫ و‬P ‫ و‬Mn ‫ و‬Si ‫ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ و ﻗﻠﻊ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰ‬
‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي‬ ‫ﺟﻮش‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي‬ 5-2
3 Cr -1 Mo , 2 ¼ Cr –1 Mo , 1 ¼ Cr – ¼ Mo )
‫ )ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري زﻳﺮ‬SAW ‫( در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬1 Cr – ¼ Mo,
‫ )ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬SMAW ‫ﭘﻮدري( و‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه‬X ‫ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬، (‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬، ‫ ذره در ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15 ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬X
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ درﺻﺪ وزﻧﻲ ﻓﺴﻔﺮ‬As ‫ و‬Sn ، Sb ، P ‫ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ ﻗﻠﻊ و آرﺳﻨﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫آﻧﺘﻴﻤﻮان‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داراي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ورق‬6-2
.‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
-‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻛﺮوم‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/07 ‫ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي‬7-2
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ آﻟﻴﺎژي در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ‬، ‫ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
، ‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺪون روﻛﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
. ‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻇﺮف و داده ﺑﺮگ‬8-2
‫ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي و ﺗﻤﺎم‬،‫زﻧﮓﻧﺰن را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ روﻛﺶ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
. ‫ﺷﺪه در داده ﺑﺮگ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ورق و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬9-2
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه را ارﺿﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ‬100000 )‫ ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬690‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ دردﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
343 ‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬. ‫ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬650) ‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
results reported to the Purchaser.
2.10 One set of 3 charpy V-notch impact tests
according to ASME standard SA-370 shall be
conducted on completely heat treated
specimens from plates and forgings of each
heat treated lot. Toughness requirements for
low alloy steel materials after temper
embrittlement test shall meet the following
criterion:
VTr 54 + 2.5 (VTr’54-VTr 54)  38°C (100°F)
Where:
54 is 54 Joules (40 ft-lbs)
transition temperature
in the min. PWHT
condition.
VTr’54 is 54 Joules (40 ft-lbs)
transition temperature
in the min. PWHT
plus step cooled
condition.
Step cooling procedures shall be approved by
the Purchaser.
Impact values for carbon steel material shall be
as specified on the ASME code section VIII
Division 2.
Lateral expansion in mils and percent shear
fracture shall be reported with the impact test
results.
2.11 Ferrite content of type 347 stainless steel
weld overlay by schaefller’s diagram shall be
controlled between 3 to 10 percent.
3. DESIGN
3.1 The design of shell, heads, nozzles, skirt
and other parts within code jurisdiction shall be
in accordance with ASME code section VIII
Division 2 except as specified otherwise. For
Cr-Mo alloy steel plates and forgings, the
allowable stress intensity values used shall be
that of normalized (with accelerated cooling)
and tempered material.
71
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﮔﺰارش ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬V ‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺎف‬3 ‫ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه‬10-2
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬ASME SA-370 ‫ﭼﺎرﭘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه از ورﻗﻬﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
. ‫ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬، ‫آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭼﻘﺮﻣﮕﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
:‫ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( دﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل در‬-‫ ﻓﻮت‬40) ‫ ژول‬54 :54
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬PWHT‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( دﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل در‬-‫ ﻓﻮت‬40) ‫ ژول‬54 VTr’54
‫ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬PWHT ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
. ‫ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬
، 2 ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻋﺮﺿﻲ در ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ و درﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
. ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﺰارش ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻓﺮﻳﺖ )ﻫﻴﺪرواﻛﺴﻴﺪ آﻫﻦ( اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬11-2
‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 ‫ در ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺷﺎﻓﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬347 ‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮدد‬10
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-3
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬1-3
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ در آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، 2
‫ ﺑﺮاي ورﻗﻬﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬.‫ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺷﺪت ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز‬،Cr-Mo ‫آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺠﺎر ﺷﺪه )ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮدﺳﺎزي‬
.‫ﺷﺘﺎب دار( و ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
3.2 When thermal gradients exceed 83°C in a
distance equal to √RT where R and T are the
radius and thickness of the vessel component in
question, a thermal stress analysis shall be
performed. The procedures of the ASME Code
Section VIII Division 2 shall be used for this
analysis. The thermal stress shall not exceed
the minimum guaranteed yield strength of the
material.
3.3 When approved by the Purchaser and when
the vessel fabricator will guarantee strength
properties, the maximum allowable stress in
tension shall be the lowest of:
a) 42.5% of the guaranteed tensile strength
at room or design temperature, whichever
strength is lower.
b) 66.7% of the guaranteed yield strength at
room or design temperature, whichever
strength is lower.
c) The average stress to cause 1% creep in
100,000 hours.
d) Two-thirds of the average, or 80% of the
minimum, stress required to cause rupture
in 100,000 hours, whichever is lower.
3.4 A fatigue analysis shall be performed when
the allowable stress in tension exceeds 33.3%
of the guaranteed tensile strength. The
procedure of ASME Code Section VIII
Division 2 shall be used for this analysis.
3.5 The acceptable types of nozzles for
pressure vessels shall be the integral reinforced
forging type and shall be welded to the shell
and head as per Fig. UW 16-1 (a), (b), (c), (d),
(f-1) to (f-4) and (g) and Fig. UHT-18.1 (e) and
(f) and Fig. UHT- 18.2 (f) of the ASME Code
Section VIII Division 1 as applicable.
For pressure vessels to be operated at
temperatures 350°C (660°F) and over, the
acceptable type of nozzles shall be the integral
reinforced forging type as per (f-1) to (f-4) in
Fig. UW 16.1 of the ASME Code Section VIII
Division 1. The nozzle types of (a), (b), (c), (d)
and (g) in Fig. UW 16.1 and (f) in Fig. UHT-
18.1 may be used with approval provided that a
smooth finish on the fillet weld and sharp
72
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
√RT ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﻣﻌﺎدل‬2-3
‫ ﺷﻌﺎع‬،T ‫ و‬R ‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬83 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ‬،‫و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
، 2 ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺶ‬.‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺶ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
.‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬3-3
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ‬،‫ﻇﺮف ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺎز در ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬42/5 (‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در‬66/7 ( ‫ب‬
.‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬،‫دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺧﺰش در‬1 ‫ج ( ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬100000
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ‬80 ‫د ( دوﺳﻮم ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻳﺎ‬
100000 ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ در‬
.‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز در‬4-3
‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬33/3 ‫ﻛﺸﺶ از‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، 2 ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬5-3
‫ﻧﻮع آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و‬
‫( و‬d) ،(c) ،(b) ،(a) ، UW 16-1 ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
‫( و ﺷﻜﻞ‬f) ‫( و‬e) ، UHT-18. ‫( و ﺷﻜﻞ‬f-4) ‫( ﺗﺎ‬f-1)
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، 1‫( از ﺑﺨﺶ‬f) ،UHT- 18.2
.‫ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﺑﻮد‬، ASME
‫ درﺟﻪ‬350 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي‬
،‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬660) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
UW 16.1 ‫( از ﺷﻜﻞ‬f-4) ‫( ﺗﺎ‬f-1) ‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬UHT-18.1 ‫( از ﺷﻜﻞ‬f) ‫و‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﺮم روي ﺟﻮش ﮔﻮﺷﻪ و‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

corners are avoided. .‫ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬

3.6 The minimum inside corner radius for all ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﮔﻮﺷﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-3
openings shall be the lesser of the following: :‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) ¼ of the thickness of the vessel 1
.‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬ (‫اﻟﻒ‬
component penetrated. 4

b) ¼ of the finished inside diameter of 1

.‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮراخ‬ (‫ب‬
the opening. 4

c) 19 mm (¾ in).
3.7 No exterior radius for attachments shall be
less than 6 mm ( ¼ in.).
3.8 Pressure vessels made of carbon steel,
carbon - molybdenum, chromium-molybdenum
low alloy steels (1 cr- ½Mo, 1¼ cr-½ Mo, 2¼
cr-1 Mo and 3 cr- 1 Mo) to be operated at
temperatures of 350°C (660°F) and over, shall
have a skirt joint construction as shown in Fig.
1. Skirt shall be jointed with full penetration
weld from outside of the skirt by buildup
welding or forged ring as shown in Fig. 1.
3
.(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) اﻳﻨﭻ‬19 ( ‫ج‬
4
6 ‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬7-3
1
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
4
،‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬8-3
‫ ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﻛــﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ‬،‫ﻛﺮﺑﻦ – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن‬
( 3cr-1Mo‫ و‬cr-½Mo, 1¼cr-½ Mo, 2¼ cr-1Mo)
‫ درﺟﻪ‬660) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬350 ‫ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮش ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ رﻳﻨﮓ ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه‬

‫ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ب( ﻧﻮع ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬

Fig. 1-SKIRT JOINT CONSTRUCTION

‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬

73
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
3.9 The region of the bottom head-to skirt
intersection shall be analyzed for membrane
and bending stress intensities. The temperature
distribution in this region, including the
gradient down the skirt, shall be determined
using design temperature inside the vessel, plus
the insulating information furnished by the user
or contractor. The stress analysis shall include
effects of internal pressure, skirt loads and
temperature distribution.
3.10 Attachment welds of all accessories such
as plate lugs for platforms, ladders and others
including internal support lugs and rings shall
be continuous welds for heavy wall pressure
vessels. Full penetration welds shall be
employed as attachment welds for the vessels
in hydrogen services.
3.11 When weld overlay clad is specified, the
thickness of cladding shall not be included in
design pressure calculations, but the minimum
cladding thickness shall be included in
calculating the hydrotest pressure, new and old.
4. INTERNALS
4.1 When materials are not specified, vendor’s
proposals shall be submitted to the Purchaser
for approval. Vendor’s proposals to use
materials alternative to those specified shall
also be submitted to the Purchaser for review
and approval.
4.2 Where Aluminized stainless steel screens
are specified, aluminizing shall be applied by a
high temperature diffusion process,
"Alonizing" or equivalent process. Other
aluminizing processes proposed shall be
submitted for Purchaser’s approval.
4.3 Free machining grades of steel are not
permitted, except that type 416 nuts furnished
to ASTM A-194 Gr 6F with selenium are
acceptable for use with ASTM A-193 Gr B6
Bolts.
4.4 All bolting for internals shall be a
minimum of 10 mm diameter.
4.5 All bolting hardware shall be of the same
type of material as the internal which they are
connecting or which are being connected to
74
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬9-3
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺪت ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﺧﻤﺸﻲ و ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دﻣﺎ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺛﺮات ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
.‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ و ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دﻣﺎ را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي‬10-3
‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ‬،‫ورق ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬11-3
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ ﻧﻮ و ﻛﻬﻨﻪ‬،‫در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬-4
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1-4
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ اراﺋﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬2-4
‫ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮذ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ "آﻟﻮﻧﻴﺰﻳﻨﮓ" ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎدل‬
‫ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ردهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺎن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬3-4
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ‬416 ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻨﻴﻮم ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ‬6F ‫ رده‬ASTM A 194
.‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬B6 ‫ رده‬ASTM A 193 ‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬
10 ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬4-4
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰارﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻨﺲ‬5-4
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
support members. However, 12% Cr shall be
used for carbon steel internals.
4.6 All stainless steel type 300 series bolts and
nuts shall have micro-coating to prevent
ceasing and for ease of opening.
4.7 All removable internals shall be designed to
permit installation and removal from the top side.
4.8 Vessel internals which contribute to the
total reactor height shall be designed for
minimum height. Similar parts shall be
interchangeable where possible.
4.9 Screens shall be attached on top of grids
and catalyst support members to prevent inerts
and catalyst from falling through holes or slot
openings and blocking clearances in support
members that are required for thermal
expansion.
4.10 A minimum of 25 mm overlap under the
most adverse operating conditions shall be
provided between the support ring and the O.D
of trays, decks and grids.
4.11 Clearance between thermowell and
thermowell nozzle shall be minimum.
4.12 Bed support grids shall be covered with
wire screen. All layers of screen shall extend a
minimum distance of 75 mm up the web
section of the support beams and the vessel
shell.
4.13 All internals welded to the vessel shall be
attached with full penetration welds.
4.14 Surfaces of fabricated parts shall be
smooth and free of dents/hammer marks, kinks
and other defects, particularly in locations
which might prevent close metal-to-metal fit.
4.15 Tolerances for fabrication and assembly
of internals for heavy wall pressure vessels and
reactors shall be in accordance with Table 1
below:
75
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﺮوم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬12 ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
300 ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺳﺮي‬6-4
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻗﻔﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﺪﮔﻲ و آﺳﺎن ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬7-4
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ از ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬار‬8-4
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ و اﻋﻀﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬9-4
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﺟﻠﻮي رﻳﺰش ﮔﻮﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ و‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﺎﻛﺪار و ﻣﺴﺪود‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻘﻲﻫﺎ در اﻋﻀﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺴﺎط دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ را ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﺤﺖ‬25 ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روي ﻫﻢ اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ‬10-4
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎ و ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد‬،‫ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و ﻧﺎزل ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬11-4
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮري‬12-4
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺎن ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬75 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬13-4
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از‬14-4
،‫ ﺗﺎب و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﺛﺮات ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶﻛﺎري‬
‫ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ رواداري ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬15-4
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

TABLE 1 - FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY TOLERANCES FOR INTERNALS OF

HEAVYWALL PRESSURE VESSELS AND REACTORS
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪارﺿﺨﻴﻢ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬

TOLERANCES
DESCRIPTION
mm
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫رواداري ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

Location of parts bolted to clips or brackets welded to reactor

±3
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﺟﺰاءﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه در ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ راﻛﺘﻮر‬

Height of tubes chimneys, or weir notches above top of tray ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي دودﻛﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎي ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ ±1.5

Distributor tray level: ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

Reactor ID- ≤ 1200 mm (4 ft.) (‫ ﻓﻮت‬7) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1200‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬ ±3

Reactor ID- >(1200 TO 2100 mm) 4 TO 7 ft. (‫ ﻓﻮت‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2100 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1200 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر‬ ±5

Reactor ID- > (2100 mm)7 ft. (‫ ﻓﻮت‬7) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2100 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر‬ ±6

· Flatness for tray floor ‫ﻫﻤﻮاري ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ 6 Max.

· Leveling for support ring ‫ﺗﺮازي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬ ±2

· Clearance between tray and support ring and between tray and support beam
2 Max.
‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

Deformation of support beam: ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

1) Vertical ‫( ﻋﻤﻮدي‬1 3.2 Max.

2) Lateral ‫( ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬2 3.2 Max.

Diameter of hole (except bolt hole) (‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ±0.1

Triangular pitch of hole ‫زاوﻳﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺳﻮراخ‬ ±2.0

Clearance between section tray deck: ‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

1) For perforated tray ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﻮراخ دار‬1 0, +3.0

2) For chimney tray ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي دودﻛﺸﻲ‬2 ±1.0

Distance between tray support ring and grid support ring, and between tray support ring and chimney tray ±2.0
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ و ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺳﻴﻨﻲ دودﻛﺶ‬
Clearance between sectional grids, and between grid and support beam 0, +1.6
‫ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ و ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ و ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

Location of hole for catalyst drain pipe: ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور‬

1) Orientation ‫( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي‬1 ±0.5°

2) Distance from vessel center line ‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻇﺮف‬2 ±3.2

Location of hole for quench pipe: ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آﻧﻲ‬

1) Orientation ‫( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي‬1 ±0.25°

2) Distance from vessel center line ‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻇﺮف‬2 ±1.6

76
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
4.16 One tray, grid and deck of each diameter
and type shall be assembled in the vessel at
fabricator’s shop to the extent necessary to
check fit-up.
4.17 All welds on internal parts shall be
examined using N.D.T. Scope of examinations
and tests shall be approved by the Purchaser.
4.18 Trays shall be leakage tested after
installation in the erected reactor. Permissible
leakage shall be uniformly distributed across
the area tested.
4.19 Quench nozzle spray pattern shall be
tested with steam.
5. FABRICATION
5.1 Defects requiring removal in plates and
forgings shall be repaired by welding by the
vessel fabricator in accordance with ASME
pressure vessel code section VIII Division 2
requirements. The repair weld shall be
examined by radiography and ultrasonic
means. A record of all such repairs shall be
maintained.
5.2 Where weld overlay cladding is specified,
heads and nozzles shall also be overlay cladded
except that heads lessthan 100 mm thick may
be integral clad with material similar to the
specified overlay. Such integral cladding shall
be 100% ultrasonic examined for lack of
disbond after forming. Unbonded areas shall be
removed and repaired by weld overlay.
5.3 The weld overlay shall be applied
circumferentially to the vessel and shall be
relatively smooth with no notches and
undercuts that would act as stress raisers.
5.4 Stainless steel Type 347 weld overlay shall
be applied after the vessel final post weld heat
treatment if practical. Otherwise, weld overlay
cladding (Type 347) of ring joint gasket
grooves and other areas of high stress
concentration shall be applied after final post-
weld heat treatment.
77
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﻮر ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬16-4
‫و ﻋﺮﺷﻪ از ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ و ﻧﻮع در داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻻزم ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت‬17-4
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ و‬.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي در راﻛﺘﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ‬18-4
‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬.‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﮕﻮي ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺳﺮدﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر‬19-4
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬-5
‫ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ در ورﻗﻬﺎ و آﻫﻨﮕﺮيﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ رﻓﻊ دارﻧﺪ‬1-5
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬، VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي‬.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،ASME
‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري و ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬2-5
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬100 ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫اﺳﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺪم‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺪدرﺻﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬3-5
،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺻﺎف و ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ و ﺷﻴﺎر‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬347 ‫ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع‬4-5
‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود‬،‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬.‫ﻇﺮف اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫( ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻻﻳﻲ رﻳﻨﮕﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح‬347 ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻲ )ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬
.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
5.5 Nozzles shall be flush and ground smooth
with the inside of the vessel wall to form a
smooth rounded contour.
External attachment welds of nozzles shall be
ground to provide a smooth transition between
head or shell and nozzle neck.
6. WELDING
6.1 Welding procedure qualification test in
strict accordance with the ASME Code Section
IX and Purchaser’s requirements shall be
performed.
Records of such tests shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review.
6.2 Production weld test plates are required
when the vessel thickness exceeds 100 mm. At
least one plate shall be prepared for each type
of shell welding in each vessel. The plates shall
be subjected to the total thermal treatment as
the finished vessel. The test plates shall be
prepared from material actually used in
construction of the vessel having a thickness
equal to the finished vessel thickness.
Production weld test plate shall be made in
accordance with ASME Code Section VIII,
Division 2 and the Purchaser specification.
6.3 Each test plate shall be subjected to charpy
V-notch impact test in accordance with the
ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 (At-203).
Impact values shall conform to Paragraph 2.10
of this part of this Standard.
6.4 The weld overlay procedure shall be
qualified on base metal of the same chemical
composition as the vessel and thickness of not
less than one half of the vessel thickness. Flaws
on the surfaces of the base metal that would
interfere with bonding of the overlay shall be
removed by grinding.
7. INSPECTION AND TESTING
7.1 Visual and Dimensional Inspection
The following areas shall be visually and
dimensionally inspected. Acceptance of results
shall be according to the relative drawings and
specifications.
7.1.1 Fit-up of category A (shell to head), B
78
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ و‬5-5
‫ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ داﻳﺮوي ﻧﺮم را‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻧﺮم ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل را اﻳﺠﺎد‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬-6
ً‫ آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬1-6
‫ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬IX ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ASME ‫ﻃﺒﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﭼﻨﻴﻦ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬2-6
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫ﻇﺮف از‬
‫ﻳﻚ ورق ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي‬.‫ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ واﻗﻌﺎً در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف داراي‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه‬
،2 ‫ ورق آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬.‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
7 ‫ ﻫﺮ ورق آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺎف‬3-6
‫( آﺋﻴﻦ‬At-203) VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬، 2 ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،‫ﭼﺎرﭘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ASME ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ از اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10-2
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪاي ﺑﺎ‬4-6
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮف و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ درزﻫﺎي روي‬.‫ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻧﺪود دﺧﺎﻟﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ رﻓﻊ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬-7
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي‬1-7
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬A ‫ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬1-1-7
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
(shell to shell) and D (nozzles to shell and
heads) joints and skirt to bottom head joint.
7.1.2 As built dimensions of pressure bearing
parts.
7.1.3 As built dimensions of attachments.
7.1.4 Visual inspection of internal surface of
vessel.
7.1.5 Visual inspection of full area of first layer
weld overlay cladding.
7.2 Radiographic Examination
The following welds shall be radiographic
examined to the extent specified. Radiographic
examination shall be in accordance with article
I-5 of the ASME Code Section VIII Division 2.
7.2.1 100% of category A,B and D joints in
shell and heads.
7.2.2 Repair weld in base metal having a depth
over 10 mm.
7.2.3 100% of Cr-Mo to Cr-Mo butt joint
within the skirt (longitudinal and girth seams).
7.2.4 One spot per each seam of Cr-Mo to
carbon steel and carbon steel to carbon steel
within the skirt.
7.3 Ultrasonic Examination
The following areas shall be ultrasonically
inspected. Ultrasonic inspection shall be in
accordance with the ASME Code Section V
and Section VIII Division 2, Paragraphs AM-
203.1 and, AM-203.2.
7.3.1 Steel plates or plate like forgings such as
shell rings after final machining.
7.3.2 All forged materials except plate-like
forgings such as forged nozzles after
machininig.
7.3.3 Head plates before hot forming (100%
scanning).
7.3.4 100% scanning of head plates after hot
forming and heat treatment.
79
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ )ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و‬D ‫ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ( و‬B ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ( و‬
.‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ( و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ‬
.‫ ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر‬2-1-7
.‫ ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت‬3-1-7
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف‬4-1-7
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ي روﻛﺶ‬5-1-7
.‫ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬2-7
‫ﺟﻮش ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬I-5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺎده‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬ASME
‫ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬D ‫ و‬B,A ‫ درﺻﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬100 1-2-7
.‫و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داراي ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬2-2-7
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬10 ‫از‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ‬100 3-2-7
‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬-‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮوم‬-‫ﻛﺮوم‬
.(‫)درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد‬- ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ از ﻫﺮ درز ﻛﺮوم‬4-2-7
.‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬3-7
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ و‬AM-2.3.1 ‫ﻓـــــﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﺎراﮔـــﺮاﻓﻬﺎي‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬VIII ‫ و‬V ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬AM-2.3.2
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬ASME
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻳﺎ ورق ﺷﺒﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬1-3-7
.‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ورق ﺷﺒﻪ‬2-3-7
‫آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم )ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬3-3-7
.(‫ درﺻﺪ‬100
‫ درﺻﺪي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬100 ‫ اﺳﻜﻦﻛﺮدن‬4-3-7
.‫از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.3.5 Cr-Mo skirt plate after heat treatment
(100% scanning)
7.3.6 Carbon steel skirt plate, base plate and
compression ring after heat treatment (230 mm
grid scanning).
7.3.7 100% of category A,B and D joint in
shell and heads after final postweld heat
treatment (PWHT) and after hydrostatic
testing.
7.3.8 100% of attachment weld of skirt to
bottom head and longitudinal seams of Cr-Mo
steel skirt after PWHT.
7.3.9 Repair welds in base metal after PWHT.
For repair welds in base metal having a depth
10 mm and less, the repair weld shall also be
ultrasonically inspected before PWHT.
7.3.10 Overlay cladding of shells and heads
including weld joint overlay after cladding and
after PWHT.
7.3.11 Weld overlay cladding of nozzles with
inside diameter 200 mm and larger after
cladding and after PWHT.
7.3.12 Weld build-up deposit of low alloy steel
material after final machining.
7.4 Magnetic Particle Inspection
The following areas shall be magnetic particle
inspected. Magnetic particle inspection shall be
in accordance with ASME Code Section V and
Section VIII Division 2 article 9-2.
7.4.1 Welding edges (Bevels) for category A,B
and D joints.
7.4.2 Back gouged surfaces of category A,B
and D joints and skirt to bottom head joint.
7.4.3 All inside surfaces of category A,B and D
joints prior to weld overlay cladding.
7.4.4 All outside surfaces of category A,B and
D joints and attachment weld of skirt to bottom
head after PWHT and hydrostatic testing.
7.4.5 All weld joints (circumferential and
80
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻌﺪ از‬- ‫ ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺮوم‬5-3-7
.(‫ درﺻﺪ‬100 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ) ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ‬، ‫ ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ‬6-3-7
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ) ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬230
‫ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و‬D ‫ و‬B,A ‫ درﺻﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﺳﺘﻪ‬100 7-3-7
‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
. ‫ ( و ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬PWHT)
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ و‬100 8-3-7
‫ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن‬- ‫درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻛﺮوم‬
. PWHT ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
PWHT ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬9-3-7
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬10 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬PWHT
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬10-3-7
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻧﺪود اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
.PWHT
‫ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬11-3-7
. PWHT ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و‬200
‫ رﺳﻮب ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻮش ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ‬12-3-7
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎري ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬4-7
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روش ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬2-9 ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺎده‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬V ‫ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬VIII ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
B,A ‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش )ﭘﺦﻫﺎ( ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬1-4-7
.D ‫و‬
B,A ‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺸﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬2-4-7
.‫ و اﺗﺼﺎل داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ‬D‫و‬
D‫ و‬B,A ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬3-4-7
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
D ‫ و‬B,A ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ‬4-4-7
‫ و‬PWHT ‫و ﺟﻮش ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻤــﺎم اﺗــﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷــﻲ )درزﻫــﺎي ﭘﻴﺮاﻣــﻮﻧﻲ و‬5-4-7
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
longitudinal seams) in the skirt both inside and
outside after PWHT.
7.4.6 The areas where temporary attachment
welds have been removed. The areas shall also
be examined after final PWHT.
7.4.7 Repaired areas (if any) shall be examined
after final PWHT.
7.4.8 External attachment welds shall be
examined after final PWHT.
7.5 Liquid Penetrant Examination
The undermentioned parts and areas shall be
liquid penetrant examined according to the
ASME Code Section V and Section VIII
Division 2 article 9-2.
7.5.1 Full area of final weld overlay cladding
of shell and heads after cladding and after
PWHT.
7.5.2 Gasket seating surfaces of nozzles after
final machining and also after PWHT.
7.5.3 Inside surface of attachment welds of
skirt to bottom head after PWHT.
7.5.4 All internal attachment welds shall be
examined after PWHT.
7.5.5 Repaired areas (if any) shall be examined
after PWHT.
7.6 Hardness Test
7.6.1 Hardness test on weld metal, base metal
and heat affected zones shall be performed
after PWHT as per the followings:
7.6.2 One per each weld seam between shell
and shell and shell and head.
7.6.3 One per each size and each WPS for
nozzle attachment weld of heads and shell.
7.7 Chemical Analysis
Chemical analysis of base metal welds and
chemical analysis and ferrite check of weld
overlay cladding shall be made before PWHT
as per the following. Acceptance shall be per
ASME Code Section II Part C and this
Standard.
81
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ( در ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻫـﻢ داﺧـﻞ و ﻫـﻢ ﺧـﺎرج ﺑﻌـﺪ از‬
.PWHT
‫ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺪا‬6-4-7
‫ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬PWHT ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬7-4-7
.‫ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬PWHT
PWHT ‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬8-4-7
.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬5-7
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ و ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬2-9 ‫ و ﺑﻨﺪ‬V ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ASME
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬1-5-7
.PWHT ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬2-5-7
.PWHT ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ‬3-5-7
.PWHT ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬4-5-7
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬PWHT
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬5-5-7
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬PWHT
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬6-7
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬،‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ روي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش‬1-6-7
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ‬PWHT‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
:‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﺟﻮش ﻣﻴﺎن ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬2-6-7
.‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬WPS ‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻫﺮ‬3-6-7
.‫ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎزل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬7-7
‫آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪودﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬PWHT
‫ و اﻳﻦ‬ASME ‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬II ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬C ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
7.7.1 For base metal
a) One per each circumferential weld
seam between shell and shell and shell
and head.
b) One per each nozzle attachment
weld of shell and head.
7.7.2 For weld overlay cladding:
a) Two per each shell course;
b) Two per each head;
c) One per each girth seam;
d) One per each nozzle size from
inside the nozzle;
e) One per gasket seating surface of
each nozzle size.
7.8 Hydrostatic Testing
7.8.1 Heavy wall pressure vessels shall be
hydrostatic tested in accordance with the
ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 Paragraph
AT-301.
7.8.2 The vessel metal temperature during
hydrostatic test shall be 21°C minimum.
7.8.3 Water used for testing heavy wall cladded
pressure vessels shall contain not more than 30
ppm chloride
82
IPS-G-ME-150(1)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬1-7-7
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﺟﻮش ﭘﻴﺮاﻣﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
‫ب( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎزل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.‫و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬2-7-7
.‫اﻟﻒ( دو آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.‫ب ( دو آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬
.‫ج ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
.‫د ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎزل از داﺧﻞ ﻧﺎزل‬
‫ﻫ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬8-7
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬1-8-7
‫ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬AT-301 ‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ASME
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻇﺮف در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-8-7
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬21 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ آب ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺮوف‬3-8-7
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬30ppm
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫‪APPENDICES‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪GENERALLY USED MATERIALS IN OIL‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬
‫‪REFINERY SERVICES‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪SERVICE‬‬ ‫‪MATERIAL‬‬ ‫‪TEMPERATURE, °C‬‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫دﻣﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪Non or mildly corrosive‬‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel‬‬ ‫‪0-400‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي‬
‫‪Oil containing sulfur‬‬
‫‪Compounds if hydrogen‬‬ ‫**‪See Nelson curves‬‬ ‫**‪See Nelson curves‬‬
‫‪Partial pressure ³ 7 bar abs. and temperature ³ 260°C‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(**‬ ‫)ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه **‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ‪ 7‬ﺑﺎر‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻖ و دﻣﺎ ‪ 260‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪Pressure vessels in crude‬‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel‬‬ ‫‪≤350‬‬
‫‪Distillers, where temperature‬‬ ‫)ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي (‬
‫‪of feed at inlet of column does not exceed 350°C‬‬
‫)‪(outlet temperature of furnace maximum 355°C‬‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺧﻮراك در ورودي‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮن از ‪ 350‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد زﻳﺎدﺗﺮ ﻧﺸﺪه )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻛﻮره‬ ‫‪≤330‬‬
‫‪ 355‬درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد(‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel‬‬
‫‪Pressure vessels in units‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي‬ ‫‪≥330 ≤400‬‬
‫‪other than crude distillers,‬‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel Base material‬‬
‫‪and pressure vessels in crude distillers where‬‬ ‫‪≥400≤500‬‬
‫‪with Type 405 or 410 S Cladding‬‬
‫‪temperature of feed at inlet of column exceeds 350°C‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬
‫)‪(outlet temperature of furnace over 355°C‬‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در واﺣﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ‪ 405‬ﻳﺎ ‪410S‬‬
‫در ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺧﻮراك در ورودي ﺳﺘﻮن از ‪350‬‬ ‫‪Steel base material with 410 S‬‬
‫‪Cladding‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد )دﻣﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﻻي ‪ 355‬درﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‪410S‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد(‬
‫‪Oil containing naphthenic acids‬‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel‬‬ ‫‪≤230‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي‬
‫‪≥230 ≤ 400‬‬
‫‪Oil with acids value ³ 0.5 mg KOH/g oil in addition‬‬ ‫‪C or C-Mn Steel Base material‬‬
‫‪to sulfur compounds‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار اﺳﻴﺪ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮم ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﭘﺘﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ‪ 1‬ﮔﺮم ﻧﻔﺖ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ‬ ‫‪with AISI 316L Cladding‬‬ ‫‪≥400 ≤ 500‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي‬ ‫ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‪AISI 316L‬‬
‫‪For oil containing naphthenic acids with‬‬ ‫‪Steel Base material with type‬‬
‫‪Neutralization No. 0.3-0.5 mg KOH/g‬‬ ‫‪410 S Cladding‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎزي ‪ 0/3‬ﺗﺎ ‪0 0/5‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎ روﻛﺸﻜﺎري ﻧﻮع ‪410S‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮم ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﭘﺘﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ‪ 1‬ﮔﺮم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫‪Hydrogen service‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬ ‫‪Max. allowable‬‬
‫‪Steel‬‬ ‫‪temperature is dependent on‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬ ‫‪hydrogen partial pressure,‬‬
‫‪Platformer reactors‬‬ ‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺳﻜﻮدار‬ ‫** ‪see Nelson curves‬‬
‫*** ‪1CR-0.5 Mo Steel‬‬
‫‪Cold wall‬‬ ‫دﻳﻮار ﺧﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ‪ 1‬ﻛﺮوم‪ 0/5-‬ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن‬
‫‪Hot wall‬‬ ‫دﻳﻮار ﮔﺮم‬ ‫**‪Cr-Mo Steel Base material‬‬ ‫ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي‬
‫‪with Type 321/347 Cladding‬‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(**‬
‫‪Hydrodesulphurizer/Hydrotreater Reactors‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬
‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺗﺒﺎدل ﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‪/‬ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرزداﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪316/321‬‬
‫**‪Cr-Mo Steel Base material‬‬
‫‪Hydrodesulphurizer/Hydrotreater Reactors for‬‬
‫‪with Type 316 L Cladding‬‬
‫‪feedstock containing naphthenic acid‬‬
‫راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺗﺒﺎدل ﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروژن )ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرزداﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن( ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮراك ﻣﺤﺘﻮي‬ ‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن( ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬
‫اﺳﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع‪316 L‬‬

‫‪Note:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪** API Pub. 941‬‬ ‫** ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره ‪API 941‬‬
‫‪*** Min. 1.0% Cr‬‬
‫*** ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 1‬درﺻﺪ ﻛﺮوم‬

‫‪83‬‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX B ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
MATERIALS FOR PRESSURE PARTS ‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
FOR NORMAL SERVICE ‫در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬

PARTS UP TO 427°C (800°F)

‫اﺟﺰاء‬ (‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬800 )‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬427 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
ASTM A 285 Gr. C
Shells, heads conicals, etc. ASTM A 515 Gr. 60
‫ ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬، ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ASTM A 516 Gr. 60
ASTM A 516 Gr. 70
Flanges
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬ ASTM A 105, A 181

Nozzle necks
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل‬ ASTM A 106 Gr. B, A 53

Large size nozzle neck and M.H. neck Same material as shell
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺰرگ و ﮔﺮدﻧﻲ آدم رو‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Bolts and nuts
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ‬ ASTM A 193 Gr. B7 AND A 194 Gr. 2H

84
 (UNIT
:mm)
:‫واﺣﺪ‬
Descriptions Judgment
No Locations to be measured Dimension measured
‫ﺷﺮح‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه‬

1 Distance between T.L. ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺎس‬ 1 point ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬

4 perpendicular directions per each shell course (2

Permissible out - of – roundness of cylindrical shell directions for an end of shell coarse and 2 for another end)
2
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪوري ﻣﺠﺎز ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي‬ ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )دوﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬4
(‫ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و دوﺗﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬

Average inside diameter of shell 1 point for each end of shell course
3
‫ﻗﻄﺮداﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮاﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
RECORD
APPENDIX C

4 Bow of vessel ‫ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻇﺮف‬ 1 point on 4 datum lines ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ روي ﭼﻬﺎرﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬

Flange face or center of top or bottom nozzle to T.L.

5 1 point each ‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬
MANUFACTURE’S INSPECTION

Center distance between instrument nuzzles

6 1 point each ‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬

Difference of height of instrument nozzles flange faces

7 (from outside of shell) 1 point each ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬

85
(‫اﺧﺘﻼف ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ )از ﺧﺎرج از ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

Height of skirt (from T.L. to base plate)

8 1 point on 4 datum lines ‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ روي ﭼﻬﺎرﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ورق ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه‬

Location from T.L. to bottom of supporting lug

9 1 for each supporting lug ‫ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬

Height of saddles for horizontal vessel

10 2 for each saddle ‫دو ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ‬

Distance between bolt hole center to center of saddles

11 2 directions ‫دو ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ‬
Position and orientation of nozzles and manholes
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬

12 from T.L. or datum lines

‫ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ آدم روﻫﺎ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط‬1 point each ‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
13
‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

14 Anchor bolt hole circle diameter ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﻳﺮه ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺎر‬ 4 perpendicular directions ‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮﻫﻢ‬4

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Record of Detail measured dimensions shall be attached ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
IPS-G-ME-150(1)

T.L. : Tangent Line T.L.:‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬

Date _________________‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬ DIMENSIONS INSPECTION RECORD FOR UNFIRED

PRESSURE VESSELS
Sign. and Stamp _______________ ‫اﻣﻀﺎء و ﻣﻬﺮ‬ 1/2
2 ‫ از‬1 ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
 APPENDIX C( continued)

(UNIT: mm)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬:‫واﺣﺪ‬
e so
Measured
No Locations to be measured Judgment
Descriptions ‫ﺷﺮح‬ ‫اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
‫ﺷﺪه‬

86
4 points in equal distance
‫ﭼﻬﺎرﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
Inner Dia. Up to 2500
Levelness of tray support-rings Over 2500 to 5 point in equal distance
1 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮازﺑﻮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ 4000 ‫ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬

Over 4000 6 points in equal distance

‫ﺷﺶ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬

2 Space between tray support-rings ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ Ditto ً‫اﻳﻀﺎ‬

Height of upper surface of tray support-ring (from tangent line)

3 Ditto ً‫اﻳﻀﺎ‬
(‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬

Distance from bolt-strip to inner surface of shell or distance from bolt-strip to datum line
4
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬

2 points for each bolt-atrip

(Top and bottom of each bolt-
Distance between bolt-holes on bolt-strip from center to center strip to be measured)
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج)اداﻣﻪ‬

5 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ روي ﻧﻮار ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ‬ ‫دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ)ﺑﺎﻻ و‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
Notes: ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺑـﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪه ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي‬

(‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس‬
Record of Detail measured dimensions shall be attached ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
IPS-G-ME-150(1)

Date _________________‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬ DIMENSIONS INSPECTION RECORD FOR UNFIRED

Sign. and Stamp _______________ ‫اﻣﻀﺎء و ﻣﻬﺮ‬
PRESSURE VESSELS 2/2
2 ‫ از‬2‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX D ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
RECORD FOR RADIOGRAPHIC ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬
EXAMINATION

PURCHASER: :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ ITEM No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬

JOB CODE No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬

USER: :‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ EQUIPMENT: :‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬

PROJECT: :‫ﭘﺮوژه‬ APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:

: ‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬

P.O. No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ MANUFACTURER: :‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

Radiation source ‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬ X-RAY : X-RAY (up to 400 kVP) Linear accelerator other
‫ اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ‬: ( kVP400 ‫اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ ) ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺘﺎبدﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬

Gama-RAY : Iridium  Cobalt Other

‫اﺷﻌﻪ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ‬: ‫ اﻳﺮﻳﺪﻳﻮم‬ ‫ ﻛﺒﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬

Source size ‫اﻧﺪازه ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬

Voltage and amperage ‫وﻟﺘﺎژ و آﻣﭙﺮ‬

Source Activity (Ci (‫ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺸﻤﻪ)ﻛﻴﻮري‬

Unsharpness (Ug) ‫ﻋﺪم وﺿﻮح‬

Source – Film Distance
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

Film type ‫ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

Screen type ‫ﻧﻮع اﺳﻜﺮﻳﻦ‬

IQI (Image Quality Index)

‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬

Radiographic technique  Panoramic Single wall Single image  Double wall Single image  Double wall Double image
‫روش ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬  (‫ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ )ﭼﺸﻤﻪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬‫ ﻳﻚ دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ دو دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫دو دﻳﻮاره دو ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬

Location examined, weld no., See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
thickness, film no. or film mark
،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﻮش‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎري‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

Judgement ‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬  See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬

87
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX E ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
RECORD FOR ULTRASONIC ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬
EXAMINATION

PURCHASER: :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ ITEM No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬

JOB CODE No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬

USER: :‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ EQUIPMENT: :‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬

PROJECT: :‫ﭘﺮوژه‬ APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: :‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬

P.O. No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ MANUFACTURER: :‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

Type of equipment ‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬ Brand name : : ‫ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﺎري‬ Type : :‫ﻧﻮع‬

Transducer Transducer frequency Transducer Transducer material Reflection angle Remarks

Method type size
(MHz) ‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل‬ ‫زاوﻳﻪ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫روش‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﺒﺪل‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺒﺪل‬
(‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل)ﻣﮕﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬

Angle beam ‫ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪاي‬

Straight beam ‫ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Reference sensitivity Basic calibration block Identification Calibration block for pipe Identification Reference hole and sensitivity
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ و ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬
Angle beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬
Straight beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Angle beam method ‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬
Scanning sensitivity
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮداري‬ Straight beam Method ‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

Coupling medium  Oil Glycerin  Water  Other

(‫ﺳﻴﺎل واﺳﻂ )ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬ ‫روﻏﻦ‬ ‫ ﮔﻠﻴﺴﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ آب‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬

Surface condition  As ground  Other

‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬

Scanning direction  From outside  From inside

‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﻜﻦﻛﺮدن‬ Angle beam method ‫ از ﺧﺎرج‬ ‫ از داﺧﻞ‬
‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬  Perpendicular to weld ‫ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﺟﻮش‬
 Parallel to weld ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺟﻮش‬

Straight beam method  From outside  From inside

‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ از ﺧﺎرج‬ ‫از داﺧﻞ‬

Location examined ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

 See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Judgment ‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
 See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬

88
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX F ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
RECORD FOR MAGNETIC PARTICLE ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
EXAMINATION

PURCHASER: :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ ITEM No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬

JOB CODE No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬

USER: :‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ EQUIPMENT: :‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬

PROJECT: :‫ﭘﺮوژه‬ APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:

:‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬

P.O. No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ MANUFACTURER: :‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

Stage of examination  Prepared edge  After P.W.H.T  Other

‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه‬ P.W.H.T ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
 As Welded  After hydro test

‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬

Surface preparation  Grinding  Machining  As welded  Other

‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬

Instrument ‫اﺑﺰار‬ Type ‫ﻧﻮع‬

Mag. Method ‫روش ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬  Yoke  Prod  Other

‫ ﻳﻮك‬ ‫ ﭘﺮود‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬

Calibration ‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻛﺮدن‬

Prod. Space ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮود‬ mm ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

Current ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬  AC  DC …….. (Amp) at ………….(V)

Test temperature ‫دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬

Particle ‫ذره‬  Dry  Wet  Black  Brown  Fluorescent

‫ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬ ‫ﻗﻬﻮهاي‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ‬

Location examined ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬  See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Result ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬  See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬

Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬

89
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX G ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
RECORD FOR LIQUID PENETRANT
EXAMINATION

PURCHASER: :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ ITEM No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬

JOB CODE No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬

USER: :‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ EQUIPMENT: :‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬

PROJECT: :‫ﭘﺮوژه‬ APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: :‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬

P.O. No: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬ MANUFACTURER: :‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

Stage of examination  Prepared edge  After P.W.H.T  Other

‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه‬ P.W.H.T ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
 As Welded  After hydro test

‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬

Surface preparation  Grinding  Machining  As welded  Other

‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬

Penetrant Type  Visible  Fluorescent

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﻳﺪن‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ‬

Application  Brushing  Spraying

‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺮس زدن‬ ‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪن‬

Temperature °C Penetration (dwell) Time min.

‫دﻣﺎ‬ ‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬ (‫زﻣﺎن ﻧﻔﻮذ) ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬ ‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬

Removal  Water washable penetrants  Dry developer

‫ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ آب‬ ‫ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﺸﻚ‬

 Post emulsifying penetrants Developing  Wet developer
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺛﺎﻧﻮي‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ ﻇﻬﻮر ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
 Solvent removal penetrants

‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﻼل‬

Location examined  See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬

Result  See attached detail record ‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬

90
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX H ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح‬
PRESSURE VESSEL SPECIFICATION ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬

PROJECT----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
VESSEL NAME------------ ------------- TAG No. ----------------------------------------------------------
‫ اﺳﻢ ﻇﺮف‬------------------------------------- ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬-----------------------------------------------------
SERVICE------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬

I DESIGN DATA VESSEL SKETCH

‫ داده ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬I ‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
Diameter ……………..mm - Length …………………..…..T.L.-T.L. mm
‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬-----------------‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬-‫ﻃﻮل‬----------------T.L.-T.L‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Design pressure………KPa - Design temperature……...............……..….. °C
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬---------‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬-‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-----------------‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
Max oper. Pressure…...................…KPa - MAX oper. Temperature…….............……°C
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬---------‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬-‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬-------‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
Orientation – Vertical……..….. - Horizontal…………........................….……….…….
‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي‬-‫ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬---------- ‫ اﻓﻘﻲ‬-------------------------------
Service - Sour ………………..............……... - Sweet…………..…….……………….…
‫ﺗﺮش‬-‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬--------------------------‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬-------------------------
Wind velocity…………...........................................................................................…….……….Km/hr
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد‬---------------------------------------------‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
Corrosion allowance- Shell……mm - Internals………….................................…..…..mm
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬- ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬---------------‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬-‫ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ‬--------------‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Insulation - Type…………………… - Thickness………………….……… mm
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬-‫ ﻧﻮع‬-----------------------‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬------------------------‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Code……………….………………….…Stamp……………........………..…..………..
‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬-------------------------‫ﻣﻬﺮ‬----------------------------
Stress - Relieved…………………..RT……………...................………….………….
‫ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬------------------‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻧﮕﺎري‬-----------------------------
Certificate…….…………………… Drawings……….……..............................…..………
‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬---------------------‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬------------------------------

II MATERIAL’S SPECIFICATION
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد‬II
Shell -------------------------------------------------------.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Head-----------------.Head type ----------------------------------
‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬-------------------‫ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﮕﻲ‬---------------------------------
Internals ------------------Trays ----------------------------------
‫اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ‬----------------‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬----------------------------------
Supports ----------------- Reinforcing pad----------------------
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ‬---------------------‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ‬------------------------
Nozzles ----------- Flanges ---------------------------------------
‫ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ‬-------------‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ‬---------------------------------------
Fittings---------------------------------------------------- ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
Gaskets ----------------------------------------------------‫ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
Nuts -----------------Bolts .-------------------------------------
‫ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ‬--------------‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ‬---------------------------------------
Paint-------------------------------------------------------- ‫رﻧﮓ‬

91
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

III ACCESSORIES IV NOZZLE SCHEDULE

‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬III ‫ ﺟﺪول ﻧﺎزل‬IV
No.
REQ. REMARKS NAME SERVICE SIZE RATING FACING
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه‬ ‫رده‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
Trays
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
Ladder (caged / non through caged)
(‫ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن)ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺣﻔﺎظ‬
Platforms
‫ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ‬
Saddles
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
Base plate
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
Vessel support
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف‬
Insulation ring
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
Overhead pipe support
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
Inlet tangent baffle
‫ﺟﻬﺖدﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
Nozzle projection
‫ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ ﻧﺎزل‬
Vortex breaker
‫ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ‬
Platform davit
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺳﻜﻮ‬
Manhole davit
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو‬
Mist eliminator
‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻪ‬
Support
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
:‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ :‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
Remarks: Prepared by:
Date: :‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Drawing no: :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬
Revision:
:‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬

92
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX I ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط‬
VESSEL TRAYS TOLERANCES FOR ‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي‬
FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ‬
5- Tray supports must present a flat surface for metal to
metal contact between tray and support.
1- Maximum joint opening between
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎف را ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
deck plates and beams of support
‫و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
rings for perforated jet or valve Support shall be flat within 1.0 on any 300 chord for tray
trays: ±0.5 supports and tray decks out of level tolerance over any
diameter shall be:
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪهﻫـﺎي‬300 ‫ درﻫﺮ‬1 ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﺣــﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻫﺎﻧــﻪ اﺗــﺼﺎل ﺑــﻴﻦ ﺻــﻔﺤﺎت ﻛــﻒ و‬-1
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ رواداري ﺧﺎرج از ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ در ﻫـﺮ ﻗﻄـﺮي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي ﺑـﺮاي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎي‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺖ ﺳﻮراخدار ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار‬
Tower Diameter Tolerance
2- Height of bubble cap chimney ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج‬ ‫رواداري‬
above top of tray: ±1.5 1500 and under 3
Over 1500 to 2500 4.5
: ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع دودﻛﺶ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺣﺒـﺎﺑﻲ ﺑـﺎﻻي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ‬-2 Over 2500 to 4000 6
± 1/5 Over 4000 to 6000 9
Over 6000 to 8000 12
3- Height of slots in bubble caps Over 8000 to 10000 15
above top of tray: ±1.5 Over 10000 (*1)
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ در ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬-3 (*1) shall be specified individually
± 1/5 ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬1*)
6- Far side of tower to weir
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺎري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮج ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬-6
4- Downcormer horizontal
Tower Diameter Tolerance
clearances (measured from
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج‬ ‫رواداري‬
bottom edge of downcorner to
1500 and under ±3
recessed seal pan or inlet weir): ‫ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎس‬ Over 1500 to 4000 ±6
±3
Over 4000 ±(0.0025I.D)
‫ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎز اﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ )اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬-4
‫از ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮدي ﺗﺸﺘﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‬ 7- Height of weir above tray support ring:
± 3 ‫ورودي ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬ ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬-7
±1.5 for I.D up to 3,000 3000 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ‬± 1/5
±3.0 for I.D 3,000 over 3000 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي‬± 3
‫اﺑﻌﺎدﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ 8- Top of weir plate out of level across length of weir
‫ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج از ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬-8
Description Tolerance
Tower Diameter Tolerance
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬ ‫رواداري‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج‬ ‫رواداري‬
Tolerances not shown on
1500 and under ±3
drawing:
‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ Over 1500 to 4000 ±4.5
Over 4000 ±6
1. Location of parts
bolted to clips or 9- Tolerance top of support to top of support ring of tray
brackets welded to ±3 or related parts
tower by others ‫ رواداري ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪه ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ ﻳـﺎ اﺟـﺰاء‬-9
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺟﺰاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﻪ‬-1 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
±1.5 per 300, Max. ±3 ± 3‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،300 ‫ ﺑﺮ‬± 1/5
‫ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش‬ 10-Location of tray support ring from reference plane:
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻳﮕﺮان‬ ±10
±10 :‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬-10
11- Bottom of downcormer above tray of seal pan
support ring: ±3
± 3 :‫ ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺗﺸﺘﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬-11

93
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX J‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي‬

‫‪OPEN STRUCTURE SUPPORT BEAM‬‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﺮح ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ب( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪100‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX K‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك‬

‫‪TRAY SUPPORT RINGS‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫‪TYPE I‬‬ ‫‪For columns in which an‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ‪ :I‬ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪instantaneous pressure surge is‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻧﻤﻴﺮود‪.‬‬
‫‪not expected.‬‬

‫‪TYPE II‬‬ ‫‪For columns in which an‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ‪:II‬‬
‫‪instantaneous pressure surge‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫‪may occur, e.g. vacuum‬‬
‫‪columns, main crude oil‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻼء و ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم اﺻﻠﻲ و‬
‫‪columns and strippers.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺎزﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع ‪I‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ‪II‬‬

‫دﻳﻮار ﺑﺮج‬ ‫دﻳﻮار ﺑﺮج‬

‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺟﻮش ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎ داﺧﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬

‫ﻫﺮدو ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ‪50‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ‪ 150‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫‪Tray support ring‬‬ ‫‪Size C, mm‬‬

‫‪ID of column‬‬
‫‪size B × A‬‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫اﺳﻤﻲ‪Nom.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‪Min.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ اﻧﺪازه ‪) B × A‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬
‫‪All trays, except draw-off trays‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه‬
‫*‪Up to 800‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ‪*800‬‬ ‫‪40 × 8‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪800 to 2500‬‬ ‫‪50 × 8‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪2500 to 3500‬‬ ‫‪60 × 8‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪3500 to 5000‬‬ ‫‪75 × 8‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪5000 to 7000‬‬ ‫‪85 × 8‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪7000‬و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ‪7000 and over‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ‪individual design‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ‪Draw-off trays‬‬
‫‪800 to 6000‬‬ ‫‪85 × 8‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪6000 and over‬‬ ‫‪100 × 12‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬

‫‪A total of 3 mm corrosion allowance has been‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز در اﺑﻌﺎد ‪ A‬ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
‫‪included in dimension A.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪* Normally stacked trays to be used.‬‬ ‫*ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺮده اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‪.‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-G-ME-150(1‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX L‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ل‬

‫‪TRAYS SPECIFICATION SHEET‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪REV.‬‬ ‫‪DATE‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‪REF. -----------------------------‬‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎر‪JOB NO. ----------------------‬‬

‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‪ITEM NO. ------------------‬‬

‫‪SHEET -------OF--------‬‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬
‫‪-----‬از ‪-------‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪DATE -------BY--------‬‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬
‫‪-------‬از ‪------‬ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎره درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‪ENQUIRY NO. --------‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‪P.O. NO. ------------‬‬

‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪----------‬‬

‫‪Project‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮوژه‬

‫‪Service‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬

‫)‪Tower inside diameter (mm‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮداﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫‪Total trays in section‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ در ﺑﺨﺶ‬

‫)‪Tray space (mm‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬

‫‪Number of liquid passes‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬرﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫( ‪Max ΔP‬‬ ‫)‪) / Tray (bar‬‬ ‫(‪/‬ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﺑﺎر(‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر)‬

‫‪Type of trays‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬

‫)‪Internal conditions at tray number (Note 1‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(1‬‬

‫‪Vapor to tray‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫)‪Rate (Kg/hr‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰان)ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬

‫) ‪Density (kg/m3‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ)ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ(‬

‫)‪Pressure (barg) (bara.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎر )ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ()ﺑﺎرﻣﻄﻠﻖ(‬

‫‪Temperature ºC‬‬ ‫دﻣﺎ) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد(‬

‫‪Liquid from tray‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬

‫)‪Rate (Kg/hr‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰان) ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬

‫)‪Viscosity (mPa.s‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(‬

‫‪Foaming tendency‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﻮم‬

‫‪Mechanical data‬‬ ‫داده ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫)‪Tower manhole N.D (NOTE 2) (mm‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮاﺳﻤﻲ آدمرو )ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬

‫‪Material‬‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬

‫‪Deck‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬

‫‪Cap‬‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬

‫‪96‬‬
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

Nuts & Bolts ‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ‬

Support ring ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬

Deck thickness (mm) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‬

Support ring width &THK. (mm) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ و ﻋﺮض ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬

Downcomer bolt bar THK. (mm) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ‬

Corrosion allowance ‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬

Trays (mm) ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬

Tower attachments (mm) ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺑﺮج‬

Trays installed from top or bottom ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬

Trays membered from top or bottom ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬

Note 1: Internal vapor and liquid loadings at the limiting section are required to insure proper tray design.
.‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺑﺨﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Densities are required at actual inside tower conditions of temperature and pressure.
.‫ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ واﻗﻌﻲ دﻣﺎ‬
Viscosity is not required unless greater than 0.7 cp
.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/ 7 cp ‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬
Note 2 : Smallest id through which tray parts must pass.
.‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آن ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬

Inspection requirements : : ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬

Remarks : ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬

97
 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬ IPS-G-ME-150(1)

APPENDIX M ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ م‬
GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE ‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE

‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

PURCHASER : :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ MANUFACTURER : :‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬

CERTIFICATE NO. : :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬ PROJECT : :‫ﭘﺮوژه‬

EQUIPMENT : :‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬ TAG No : :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬

ORDER NUMBER : :‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش‬ QUANTITY : :‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬

DESCRIPTION : ‫ﺷﺮح‬

DRAWING NO (S). (‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ)ﻫﺎ‬

We hereby guarantee the above product(s) against any manufacturing defects or poor workmanship for one year after
being placed in service or 18 months after date of shipment.

‫ ﻣﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از‬18 ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺑﺎﻻ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ اﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ‬

.‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‬

In the event the product(s) supplied by us fail or develop defects during the above period due to the above reasons, the
same shall be rectified by us free of charge.

‫ ﻋﻴﻦ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻳﮕﺎن‬،‫ و ﻳﺎ دﭼﺎر ﻋﻴﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ در ﻃﻮل دوره ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﺑﺎ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﺮد‬

.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ آورده ﺷﻮد‬

Date ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Authorized Representative ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز‬

98